Keysight M8195A Arbitrary Waveform Generator Revision 2


Add to my manuals
267 Pages

advertisement

Keysight M8195A Arbitrary Waveform Generator Revision 2 | Manualzz

Keysight M8195A

Arbitrary Waveform

Generator Revision 2

User’s Guide

Notices

Copyright Notice

© Keysight Technologies 2017

No part of this manual may be repro- duced in any form or by any means

(including electronic storage and retrieval or translation into a foreign language) without prior agreement and written con- sent from Keysight Technologies, Inc. as governed by United States and interna- tional copyright laws.

Manual Part Number

M8195-91040

Edition

Edition 6.0, March 2017

Published by:

Keysight Technologies

Deutschland GmbH,

Herrenberger Str. 130,

71034 Böblingen, Germany

Technology Licenses

The hardware and/or software described in this document are furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license.

ESD Sensitive Device

All front-panel connectors of the

M8195A are sensitive to Electrostatic discharge (ESD). We recommend to operate the instrument in an electrostatic safe environment.

There is a risk of instrument malfunction when touching a connector.

Please follow this instruction:

Before touching the front-panel connectors, discharge yourself by touching the properly grounded mainframe.

U.S. Government

Rights

The Software is “commercial computer software,” as defined by Federal Acquisi- tion Regulation (“FAR”) 2.101. Pursuant to FAR 12.212 and 27.405-3 and Depart- ment of Defense FAR Supplement

(“DFARS”) 227.7202, the U.S. govern- ment acquires commercial computer software under the same terms by which the software is customarily provided to the public. Accordingly, Keysight pro- vides the Software to U.S. government customers under its standard commercial license, which is embodied in its End

User License Agreement (EULA), a copy of which can be found at http:// www.keysight.com/find/sweula . The li- cense set forth in the EULA represents the exclusive authority by which the U.S. government may use, modify, distribute, or disclose the Software. The EULA and the license set forth therein, does not require or permit, among other things, that Keysight: (1) Furnish technical infor- mation related to commercial computer software or commercial computer soft- ware documentation that is not custom- arily provided to the public; or (2) Relin- quish to, or otherwise provide, the gov- ernment rights in excess of these rights customarily provided to the public to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, dis- play, or disclose commercial computer software or commercial computer soft- ware documentation. No additional gov- ernment requirements beyond those set forth in the EULA shall apply, except to the extent that those terms, rights, or licenses are explicitly required from all providers of commercial computer soft- ware pursuant to the FAR and the DFARS and are set forth specifically in writing elsewhere in the EULA. Keysight shall be under no obligation to update, revise or otherwise modify the Software. With respect to any technical data as defined by FAR 2.101, pursuant to FAR 12.211 and 27.404.2 and DFARS 227.7102, the

U.S. government acquires no greater than Limited Rights as defined in FAR

27.401 or DFAR 227.7103-5 (c), as appli- cable in any technical data.

Warranty

THE MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS

DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED “AS IS,”

AND IS SUBJECT TO BEING

CHANGED, WITHOUT NOTICE, IN

FUTURE EDITIONS. FURTHER, TO

THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED

BY APPLICABLE LAW, KEYSIGHT

DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EI-

THER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH

REGARD TO THIS MANUAL AND

ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED

HEREIN, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIM-

ITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES

OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT-

NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PUR-

POSE. KEYSIGHT SHALL NOT BE

LIABLE FOR ERRORS OR FOR INCI-

DENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAM-

AGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE

FURNISHING, USE, OR PERFOR-

MANCE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR OF

ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED

HEREIN. SHOULD KEYSIGHT AND

THE USER HAVE A SEPARATE

WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH WAR-

RANTY TERMS COVERING THE MA-

TERIAL IN THIS DOCUMENT THAT

CONFLICT WITH THESE TERMS,

THE WARRANTY TERMS IN THE

SEPARATE AGREEMENT SHALL

CONTROL.

Safety Information

CAUTION

A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard.

It calls attention to an operating procedure, practice, or the like that, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in damage to the product or loss of important data. Do not proceed beyond a CAUTION notice until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met

.

WARNING

A WARNING notice denotes a haz- ard. It calls attention to an operating procedure, practice, or the like that, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in personal injury or death. Do not proceed beyond a

WARNING notice until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met.

Safety Summary

General Safety

Precautions

The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation of this instrument. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design, manufacture, and intended use of the instrument. For safe operation the general safety precautions for the M9502A and M9505A AXIe chassis, must be followed.

See: http://www.keysight.com/find/M9505A Keysight Technologies Inc. assumes no liability for the customer's failure to comply with these requirements. Before operation, review the instrument and manual for safety markings and instructions.

You must follow these to ensure safe operation and to maintain the instrument in safe condition.

Initial Inspection

Inspect the shipping container for damage. If there is damage to the container or cushioning, keep them until you have checked the contents of the shipment for completeness and verified the instrument both mechanically and electrically. The

Performance Tests give procedures for checking the operation of the instrument. If the contents are incomplete, mechanical damage or defect is apparent, or if an instrument does not pass the operator’s checks, notify the nearest Keysight

Technologies Sales/Service Office.

WARNING To avoid hazardous electrical shock, do not perform electrical tests when there are signs of shipping damage to any portion of the outer enclosure

(covers, panels, etc.).

General

This product is a Safety Class 3 instrument. The protective features of this product may be impaired if it is used in a manner not specified in the operation instructions.

Environment

Conditions

This instrument is intended for indoor use in an installation category II, pollution degree 2 environment. It is designed to operate within a temperature range of 0

°C – 40 °C (32 °F – 105 °F) at a maximum relative humidity of 80% and at altitudes of up to 2000 meters.

This module can be stored or shipped at temperatures between -40 °C and +70 °C.

Protect the module from temperature extremes that may cause condensation within it.

Before Applying Power

Verify that all safety precautions are taken including those defined for the mainframe.

Line Power

Requirements

The Keysight M8195A operates when installed in an Keysight AXIe mainframe.

Do Not Operate in an

Explosive Atmosphere

Do not operate the instrument in the presence of flammable gases or fumes.

Do Not Remove the

Instrument Cover

Operating personnel must not remove instrument covers. Component replacement and internal adjustments must be made only by qualified personnel. Instruments that appear damaged or defective should be made inoperative and secured against unintended operation until they can be repaired by qualified service personnel.

Safety Symbols

Symbol

Table 1: Safety symbol

Description

Indicates warning or caution. If you see this symbol on a product, you must refer to the manuals for specific Warning or Caution information to avoid personal injury or damage to the product.

C-Tick Conformity Mark of the Australian ACA for EMC compliance.

CE Marking to state compliance within the European Community: This product is in conformity with the relevant European Directives.

General Recycling Mark

Symbol

Table 2: Compliance and environmental information

Description

This product complies with the WEEE Directive (2002/96/EC) marketing requirements. The affixed label indicates that you must not discard this electrical/electronic product in domestic household waste.

Product category: With reference to the equipment types in the WEEE Directive Annexure I, this product is classed as a “Monitoring and Control instrumentation” product.

Do not dispose in domestic household waste.

To return unwanted products, contact your local Keysight office, or see http://about.keysight.com/en/companyinfo/environment/takeback.shtml for more information.

Contents

Contents

1

2

Introduction

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Document History 17

Options 18

Installing Licenses 19

The Front Panel of the M8195A Rev 2 21

1.4.1

Status LED 22

1.4.2

DATA Out LED 22

1.4.3

Trigger IN and Event In LED 23

1.4.4

Ref CLK IN LED 24

Theory of Operation 25

1.5.1

M8195A Block Diagram

1.5.2

Timing Block Diagram 28

25

1.5.3

Delay Adjust 30

1.5.4

Extended Memory Configuration

1.5.5

Instrument Modes 33

31

M8195A User Interface

2.1

2.2

2.3

Introduction 37

Launching the M8195A Soft Front Panel 38

M8195A User Interface Overview 40

2.3.1

Title Bar 40

2.3.2

Menu Bar 40

2.3.3

Status Bar 42

2.3.4

Clock/Output/Trigger/FIR Filter/Standard Waveform/Multi-Tone

Waveform/Complex Modulated Waveform/Serial Data Waveform/Import

Waveform/Sequence/Control Tabs 42

2.3.5

Numeric Control Usage 43

Driver Call Log 44

Errors List Window 45

Clock Tab 47

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

2.8

2.9

Output Tab 49

Trigger Tab 52

FIR Filter Tab 54

2.10

Standard Waveform Tab 57

2.11

Multi-Tone Waveform Tab 63

2.12

Complex Modulated Waveform Tab 69

2.13

Serial Data Waveform Tab 79

2.13.1

Bitmapping for Binary Data to PAM Signals 91

Contents

3 Sequencing

8

2.14

Import Waveform Tab

2.15

Sequence/Control Tab

2.16

Correction File Format

93

100

106

3.1

Introduction 109

3.1.1

Sequencing Internal Memory 109

3.1.2

Option Sequencing for Extended Memory

3.1.3

Sequence Table 110

3.1.4

Sequencer Granularity 111

112 3.2

Sequencing Hierarchy

3.2.1

Segment 112

3.2.2

Sequence 112

3.2.3

Scenario 113

3.3

Trigger Modes 113

3.3.1

Continuous 113

3.3.2

Triggered 113

3.3.3

Gated 114

3.10

Idle Command Segments 141

3.11

Limitations 142

3.11.1

Segment Length and Linear Playtime 142

110

3.4

Arm Mode 114

3.4.1

Self Armed 114

3.4.2

Armed 114

3.5

Advancement Modes 114

3.5.1

Auto 115

3.5.2

Conditional 115

3.5.3

Repeated 115

3.5.4

Single 115

3.6

Sequencer Controls 115

3.6.1

External Inputs 116

3.6.2

Logical Functions 118

3.6.3

Internal Trigger Generator 119

3.6.4

Mapping External Inputs to Logical Functions 119

3.7

Sequencer Execution Flow 121

3.8

Sequencer Modes 122

3.8.1

3.8.2

3.8.3

Arbitrary Mode

Sequence Mode

Scenario Mode

122

127

134

3.9

Dynamic Sequencing 138

3.9.1

Dynamic Continuous 139

3.9.2

Dynamic Triggered 140

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

4

5

6

Streaming

4.1

Introduction 145

4.2

Streaming Implementation Using Dynamic Modes

4.3

Memory Ping-Pong 146

4.3.1

Setup example using the SCPI API

4.3.2

Setup example using the SFP 147

146

145

Markers

5.1

Introduction 149

5.2

Dealing with Markers 149

5.2.1

Limitations 150

5.2.2

Sample Marker in Segments which are Addressed Offset Based

152

General Programming

6.1

Introduction

6.2

154

IVI-COM Programming 155

6.3

SCPI Programming 155

6.3.1

AgM8195SFP.exe 156

6.4

Programming Recommendations 158

6.5

System Related Commands (SYSTem Subsystem)

6.5.1

:SYSTem:EIN:MODE[?] EIN|TOUT

6.5.2

:SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? 159

6.5.3

:SYSTem:HELP:HEADers? 160

6.5.4

:SYSTem:LICense:EXTended:LIST?

6.5.5

:SYSTem:SET[?] 161

6.5.6

:SYSTem:VERSion? 162

6.5.7

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:*? 162

159

161

166 6.6

Common Command List

6.6.1

*IDN?

6.6.2

*CLS

6.6.3

*ESE

6.6.4

ESR?

6.6.5

*OPC

6.6.6

*OPC?

6.6.7

*OPT?

6.6.8

*RST 167

6.6.9

*SRE[?] 167

6.6.10

*STB?

6.6.11

*TST?

167

168

6.6.12

*LRN? 168

6.6.13

*WAI? 168

166

166

166

166

166

167

167

6.7

Status Model 169

6.7.1

:STATus:PRESet 171

159

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 9

Contents

10

6.7.2

Status Byte Register 171

6.7.3

Questionable Data Register Command Subsystem 172

6.7.4

Operation Status Subsystem 174

6.7.5

Voltage Status Subsystem 176

6.7.6

Frequency Status Subsystem 177

6.7.7

Sequence Status Subsystem 177

6.7.8

DUC Status Subsystem 178

6.7.9

Connection Status Subsystem 178

6.7.10

Run Status Subsystem 179

6.8

:ARM/TRIGger Subsystem 180

6.8.1

:ABORt[1|2|3|4] 180

6.8.2

:ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:MDELay[?]

<module_delay>|MINimum|MAXimum 180

6.8.3

ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:SDELay[1|2|3|4][?]

<delay>|MINimum|MAXimum 181

6.8.4

:INITiate:CONTinuous:ENABle[?] SELF|ARMed 181

6.8.5

:INITiate:CONTinous[:STATe][?] OFF|ON|0|1

6.8.6

:INITiate:GATE[:STATe][?] OFF|ON|0|1 183

6.8.7

:INITiate:IMMediate[1|2|3|4] 184

182

6.8.8

:ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:TRIGger:LEVel[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum 184

6.8.9

:ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:TRIGger:SLOPe[?]

POSitive|NEGative|EITHer 185

6.8.10

:ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:TRIGger:SOURce[?]

TRIGger|EVENt|INTernal 186

6.8.11

:ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:TRIGger:FREQuency[?]

<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum 186

6.8.12

:ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:TRIGger:OPERation[?]

ASYNchronous|SYNChronous 187

6.8.13

:ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:EVENt:LEVel[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum 187

6.8.14

:ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:EVENt:SLOPe[?]

POSitive|NEGative|EITHer 188

6.8.15

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:SOURce:ENABle[?]

TRIGger|EVENt 188

6.8.16

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:ENABle:HWDisable[:STATe][?]

0|1|OFF|ON 189

6.8.17

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:BEGin:HWDisable[:STATe][?]

0|1|OFF|ON 189

6.8.18

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:ADVance:HWDisable[:STATe][?]

0|1|OFF|ON 190

6.9

:TRIGger - Trigger Input 191

6.9.1

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:SOURce:ADVance[?]

TRIGger|EVENt|INTernal 191

6.9.2

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:ENABle[:IMMediate] 191

6.9.3

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:BEGin[:IMMediate] 192

6.9.4

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:BEGin:GATE[:STATe][?]

OFF|ON|0|1 192

6.9.5

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:ADVance[:IMMediate] 193

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

6.10

:FORMat Subsystem 194

6.10.1

:FORMat:BORDer NORMal|SWAPped 194

6.11

:INSTrument Subsystem 195

6.11.1

:INSTrument:SLOT[:NUMBer]? 195

6.11.2

:INSTrument:IDENtify [<seconds>] 195

6.11.3

:INSTrument:IDENtify:STOP 196

6.11.4

:INSTrument: HWRevision? 196

6.11.5

:INSTrument:DACMode[?]

SINGle|DUAL|FOUR|MARKer|DCDuplicate|DCMarker

6.11.6

:INSTrument:MEMory:EXTended:RDIVider [?]

DIV1|DIV2|DIV4 198

6.11.7

:INSTrument:MMODule:CONFig?

6.11.8

:INSTrument:MMODule:MODE?

198

199

197

6.12

:MMEMory Subsystem 200

6.12.1

:MMEMory:CATalog? [<directory_name>]

6.12.2

:MMEMory:CDIRectory [<directory_name>]

6.12.3

:MMEMory:COPY <string>,<string>[,<string>,<string>] 202

6.12.4

:MMEMory:DELete <file_name>[,<directory_name>] 203

6.12.5

:MMEMory:DATA <file_name>, <data> 203

6.12.6

:MMEMory:DATA? <file_name> 204

200

201

6.12.7

:MMEMory:MDIRectory <directory_name> 204

6.12.8

:MMEMory:MOVE <string>,<string>[,<string>,<string>] 205

6.12.9

:MMEMory:RDIRectory <directory_name>

6.12.10

:MMEMory:LOAD:CSTate <file_name> 206

6.12.11

:MMEMory:STORe:CSTate <file_name> 206

205

6.13

:OUTPut Subsystem 207

6.13.1

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4][:STATe][?] OFF|ON|0|1 207

6.13.2

:OUTPut: ROSCillator:SOURce[?]

INTernal|EXTernal|SCLK1|SCLK2 207

6.13.3

:OUTPut: ROSCillator:SCD[?]

<sample_clock_divider>|MINimum|MAXimum 208

6.13.4

:OUTPut: ROSCillator:RCD1[?] < reference_clock_divider1>|MINimum|MAXimum 208

6.13.5

:OUTPut: ROSCillator:RCD2[?]

<reference_clock_divider2>|MINimum|MAXimum 209

6.13.6

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:DIOFfset[?] <value>|MINimum|MAXimum 209

6.13.7

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:FRATe[:VALue][?] 210

6.13.8

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:FRATe:TYPE[?]

LOWPass|ZOH|USER 210

6.13.9

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:FRATe:SCALe[?]

<scale>|MINimum|MAXimum 211

6.13.10

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:FRATe:DELay[?]

<delay>|MINimum|MAXimum 211

6.13.11

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:HRATe[:VALue] [?]

6.13.12

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:HRATe:TYPE[?]

NYQuist|LINear|ZOH|USER 212

6.13.13

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:HRATe:SCALe[?]

<scale>|MINimum|MAXimum 213

212

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 11

Contents

12

6.13.14

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:HRATe:DELay[?]

<delay>|MINimum|MAXimum 213

6.13.15

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:QRATe[:VALue] [?]

6.13.16

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:QRATe:TYPE[?]

NYQuist|LINear|ZOH|USER 214

6.13.17

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:QRATe:SCALe[?]

<scale>|MINimum|MAXimum 215

6.13.18

:OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:QRATe:DELay[?]

<delay>|MINimum|MAXimum 215

214

6.14

Sampling Frequency Commands 216

6.14.1

[:SOURce]:FREQuency:RASTer[?]

<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum 216

6.15

Reference Oscillator Commands 217

6.15.1

[:SOURce]:ROSCillator:SOURce[?] EXTernal|AXI|INTernal 217

6.15.2

[:SOURce]:ROSCillator:SOURce:CHECk?

EXTernal|AXI|INTernal 218

6.15.3

[:SOURce]:ROSCillator:FREQuency[?]

<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum 218

6.15.4

[:SOURce]:ROSCillator:RANGe[?] RANG1| RANG2

6.15.5

[:SOURce]:ROSCillator:RNG1|RNG2:FREQuency[?]

<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum 220

219

6.16

:VOLTage Subsystem 221

6.16.1

[:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2|3|4][:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude][?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum 221

6.16.2

[:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2|3|4][:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum 222

6.16.3

[:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2|3|4][:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum 222

6.16.4

[:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2|3|4][:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum 223

6.16.5

[:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2|3|4][:LEVel][:IMMediate]:TERMination[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum 223

6.17

[:SOURce]:FUNCtion:MODE ARBitrary|STSequence|STSCenario 224

6.18

:STABle Subsystem 225

6.18.1

[:SOURce]:STABle:RESet 225

6.18.2

[:SOURce]:STABle:DATA[?] <sequence_table_index>,

(<length>|<block>|<value>,<value>…) 225

6.18.3

[:SOURce]:STABle:DATA:BLOCk?

<sequence_table_index>,<length> 231

6.18.4

[:SOURce]:STABle:SEQuence:SELect[?]

<sequence_table_index>|MINimum|MAXimum 231

6.18.5

[:SOURce]:STABle:SEQuence:STATe? 232

6.18.6

[:SOURce]:STABle:DYNamic:[STATe][?] OFF|ON|0|1

6.18.7

[:SOURce]:STABle:DYNamic:SELect

<sequence_table_index> 233

6.18.8

[:SOURce]:STABle:SCENario:SELect[?]

<sequence_table_index>|MINimum|MAXimum 234

6.18.9

[:SOURce]:STABle:SCENario:ADVance[?]

AUTO|CONDitional|REPeat|SINGle 234

233

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

7 Examples

6.18.10

[:SOURce]:STABle:SCENario:COUNt[?]

<count>|MINimum|MAXimum 235

6.19

Frequency and Phase Response Data Access 236

6.19.1

[:SOURce]: CHARacteris[1|2|3|4][:VALue]?

[<amplitude>[,<sample_frequency>]] 236

6.20

CARRier Subsystem 237

6.20.1

[:SOURce]:CARRier[1|2|3|4]:FREQuency[?]

<frequency>|MIN|MAX|DEFault 237

6.20.2

[:SOURce]:CARRier[1|2|3|4]:SCALe[?]

<scale>|MIN|MAX|DEFault 237

6.21

:TRACe Subsystem 239

6.21.1

Waveform Data Format 239

6.21.2

Arbitrary Waveform Generation

6.21.3

TRACe[1|2|3|4]:MMODe[?] 240

6.21.4

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF 241

6.21.5

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF:NEW? 241

6.21.6

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF:WONL 242

6.21.7

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF:WONL:NEW?

6.21.8

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DATA[?] 243

240

242

6.21.9

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DATA:BLOC? 245

6.21.10

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP 245

6.21.11

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP:RES[?] 253

6.21.12

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP:RES:WLENgth[?] <waveform_length> 253

6.21.13

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP:SCAL:[STAT][?] OFF|ON|0|1 254

6.21.14

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEL 254

6.21.15

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEL:ALL 255

6.21.16

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:CAT? 255

6.21.17

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:FREE? 256

6.21.18

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:NAME[?] 256

6.21.19

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:COMM[?] 257

6.21.20

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:SEL[?]<segment_id>|MINimum|MAXimum 257

6.21.21

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:ADV[?] 258

6.21.22

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:COUN[?]<count>|MINimum|MAXimum 258

6.21.23

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:MARK[?] 259

6.22

:TEST Subsystem 260

6.22.1

:TEST:PON? 260

6.22.2

:TEST:TST? 260

7.1

Introduction 261

7.2

Remote Programming Examples

7.3

Example Files for Import 261

7.6

Example Signal Studio File 262

261

7.4

Example Correction Files 262

7.5

Example Custom Modulation Files 262

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 13

Contents

8 Appendix

8.1

Resampling Algorithms for Waveform Import 263

8.1.1

Resampling Requirements 263

8.1.2

Resampling Methodology 264

8.1.3

Resampling Modes 266

14 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator

User’s Guide

1 Introduction

1.1

Document History / 17

1.2

Options / 18

1.3

Installing Licenses / 19

1.4

The Front Panel of the M8195A Rev 2 / 21

1.5

Theory of Operation / 25

Introduction The Keysight M8195A is a 65 GSa/s Arbitrary Waveform Generator with highest bandwidth and channel density. It offers up to 16 GSa waveform memory. The

M8195A is ideally suited to address following key applications:

 Coherent optical – a single M8195A module can generate 2 independent

I/Q baseband signals (dual polarization = 4 channels) at up to 32 Gbaud and beyond.

 Multi-level / Multi-channel digital signals – generate NRZ, PAM4, PAM8,

DMT, etc. signals at up to 32 Gbaud. Embed/De-embed channels, add

Jitter, ISI, noise and other distortions.

Physics, chemistry, and electronics research – generate any mathematically defined arbitrary waveforms, ultra-short yet precise pulses and extremely wideband chirps.

Wideband RF/µW – generate extremely wideband RF signals with an instantaneous bandwidth of DC to 20 GHz for aerospace/defense and communication applications.

1 Introduction

16

Features and Benefits The M8195A is an arbitrary waveform generator with highest sample rate, bandwidth, and channel density:

 Sample rate up to 65 GSa/s (on each channel)

 Analog bandwidth: 25 GHz

 Vertical resolution: 8 bits

 1, 2, or 4 differential channels per 1-slot high AXIe module (number of channels is software upgradable)

 Built-in frequency and phase response calibration

 Amplitude up to 1 Vpp (single ended); 2 Vpp (differential)

Transition Times: tRise,20%...80%; tFall,20%...80%:18 ps (typ)

 Ultra low intrinsic Random Jitter: RJrms < 200 fs (typ)

 Form factor: 1-slot AXIe module controlled via external PC or embedded

AXIe system controller M9536A

Supporting Operating

System

The Keysight M8195A supports the following operating systems:

Windows 10 (32 bit or 64 bit)

Windows 8.1 (32 bit or 64 bit)

Windows 8 (32 bit or 64 bit)

Windows 7 (32 bit or 64 bit)

Control M8195A from

M8070A System

Software for BER Test

Solutions

For digital applications that require multi-level signaling like PAM-4, the M8195A arbitrary waveform generator can be integrated with the M8070A System Software for M8000 Series of BER Test Solutions.

Once integrated, M8195A will be visible in the module view of M8070A GUI, just like any other M8000 Series module.

For M8195A integration with M8070A, following must be installed:

Keysight IO Libraries Suite 16.3 or higher

 M8195A software version 1.3 or later

 M8070A software version 3.0 or later

Once the M8195A module is mounted on to the chassis and relevant connections are made, it will be visible in the module view of the M8070A GUI.

Please see the M8070A User Guide and Online Help for further information.

Click the following link for latest version of the mentioned documents: http://www.keysight.com/find/M8020A

Please note that Keysight M8070A can only be installed on 64 bit operating system for Windows 7, 8, 8.1 and 10.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Introduction 1

M8195A Soft Front Panel must not be launched while using the instrument with

M8070A.

The M8070A is a licensed software, and thus requires a license to communicate with the M8020A/M8030A/M8040A hardware. You can either purchase an M8070A license to install on a dedicated host computer (M8070A-OTP) or one that can be installed on a network server that will be used as a license server for operating over a company network (M8070A-ONP, floating/networked).

Please see the M8070A User Guide for further information about licensing.

Click the following link for latest version of the mentioned document: http://www.keysight.com/find/M8070A

Additional Documents Additional documentation can be found at: http://www.keysight.com/find/M9514A for 13-slot chassis related documentation. http://www.keysight.com/find/M9505A for 5-slot chassis related documentation. http://www.keysight.com/find/M9502A for 2-slot chassis related documentation. http://www.keysight.com/find/M9048A for PCIe desktop adapter card related documentation. http://www.keysight.com/find/M9536A for embedded AXIe controller related documentation. http://www.keysight.com/find/M8195A for AXIe based AWG module related documentation.

1.1 Document History

First Edition

(October, 2015)

Second Edition

(November, 2015)

Third Edition

(February, 2016)

Fourth Edition

(April, 2016)

Fifth Edition

(July, 2016)

Sixth Edition

(March, 2017)

The first edition of the user’s guide describes the functionality of the M8195A

Revision 2 Version 2.0. In addition, it includes the description of dynamic sequencing which is not a part of the software version 2.0, but will be added with version 2.5.

Changes are possible.

The second edition of the user’s guide describes the functionality of the M8195A

Revision 2 Version 2.5.

The third edition of the user’s guide describes the functionality of the M8195A

Revision 2 Version 2.6.

The fourth edition of the user’s guide describes the functionality of the M8195A

Revision 2 Version 3.0.

The fifth edition of the user’s guide describes the functionality of the M8195A

Revision 2 Version 3.1.

The sixth edition of the user’s guide describes the functionality of the M8195A

Revision 2 Version 3.5.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 17

1 Introduction

1.2 Options

For the M8195A Rev 2, following product options are available.

Table 3: Options provided by M8195A

Product Number

M8195A-001

M8195A-002

M8195A-004

M8195A-U02

M8195A-U04

M8195A-16G

M8195A-SEQ

M8195A-FSW

M8195A-1A7

Description

1 channel, 65 GSa/s, 2 GSa per module

2 channel, 65 GSa/s, 2 GSa per module

4 channel, 65 GSa/s, 2 GSa per module

Upgrade from one channel to two channels

Upgrade from two channels to four channels

Upgrade to 16 GSa per module

Sequencer functionality

Fast switching per module

ISO17025

M8195A-Z54 Z540

As a standard configuration, the M8195A contains 2 GSa of memory.

Option -001, -002, or -004

Option -16G

Option -SEQ

Option -FSW

Option -1A7, -Z54

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Available as SW upgrade?

N/A (minimum configuration)

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Comment

Must order either –001 or -002 or -004

Must order either –001 or -002 or -004

Must order either –001 or -002 or -004

Software upgradeable

Software upgradeable

Software upgradeable

Software upgradeable

Software upgradeable

Calibration option

Calibration option

With this option the number of channels is selected. The M8195A is available in a one channel (-001), two channel (-002) or 4 channel (-004) version. A software upgrade from one to two channels is possible by installing option U02. A software upgrade from two to four channels is possible by installing option U04. In order to upgrade from one to four channels, first option –U02 and next –U04 must be installed.

This option offers 16384 MSa (=16 GSa) waveform memory for the M8195A.

Option -16G is software upgradeable.

This option offers extensive sequencing capabilities. For more details, refer to the chapter Sequencing.

Option -SEQ is software upgradeable.

This option enables the M8195A to externally select or step through segments or sequences faster than every 500 μs.

Option -FSW is export controlled and is software upgradeable.

Calibration options.

18 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Introduction 1

1.3 Installing Licenses

After you purchase a license and you acquire the corresponding license file, you need to install the license on M8195A.

You can install the new license in the following ways:

1. In Keysight License Manager, click the File menu, and then select Install....

An Install License File(s) window appears. In this window, browse to the location where you saved the license file. Select the license file, and then click the Open button.

2. To manually install a license by entering the appropriate license file information, click the Tools menu, click Enter License Text.... The License

Text Entry and Installation dialog box appears.

Type in the license data exactly as you received from Keysight. Click the Install button to install the license.

3. On Windows-based systems, you can install the license by copying the license file into the license directory

C:\Program Files\Keysight\licensing.

Once the licenses are installed, you can use the Keysight License Manager to view all licenses for the local system as depicted in the following figure.

Options –U02, -U04, -SEQ, -16G, and –FSW are upgradable using the Keysight

License Manager (KLM); see Table 3 .

Observe following steps while installing licenses:

1. Close the firmware of the M8195A

2. Install the licenses using KLM

3. Start the firmware of the M8195A. The firmware finds the new licenses in

KLM and installs them in the M8195A.

In case of an upgrade from one channel (-001) to four channels (-004) following steps must be observed:

1. Close the firmware of the M8195A

2. Install license -U02 using KLM

3. Start the firmware of the M8195A. The firmware finds the new license –U02 in KLM and installs it in the M8195A.

4. Close the firmware of the M8195A

5. Install license -U04 using KLM

6. Start the firmware of the M8195A. The firmware finds the new license –U04 in KLM and installs it in the M8195A.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 19

1 Introduction

Figure 1: Using Keysight License Manager to view installed licenses

Licenses for instrument options are transferred to the M8195A module.

They are later no longer visible in the Keysight License Manager.

20 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Introduction 1

1.4 The Front Panel of the M8195A Rev 2

The Front Panel of the M8195A Rev 2 is shown in the figure below.

Data Outputs

TRIG IN

EVENT IN

REF CLK IN

REF CLK OUT

Figure 2: Front panel of M8195A

The M8195A is always delivered with four physically available differential Data

Outputs of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC). The analog DAC outputs are labelled with DATA OUT CHANNEL 1, DATA OUT CHANNEL 2; DATA OUT CHANNEL

3, DATA OUT CHANNEL 4. Depending on the channel option (-001 or -002 or -004) that has been installed, the M8195A one, two, or four differential analog outputs of the Digital to Analog Converters (DAC) are enabled for data generation.

Option -001: The differential output DATA OUT CHANNEL 1 is enabled for analog data generation. Also, one or two digital markers can be generated at DATA OUT

CHANNEL 3 and DATA OUT CHANNEL 4.

Option -002: The selected Instrument Mode (see section Instrument Modes )

determines, which channels are enabled for analog data and marker generation.

In ‘Dual Channel’ mode the differential outputs DATA OUT CHANNEL 1 and

DATA CHANNEL 4 are enabled for analog data generation. DATA OUT

CHANNEL 2 and DATA OUT CHANNEL 3 are disabled.

In ‘Dual Channel with Marker’ mode the differential outputs DATA OUT

CHANNEL 1 and DATA OUT CHANNEL 2 are enabled for analog data generation. One or two digital markers can be generated at DATA OUT

CHANNEL 3 and DATA OUT CHANNEL 4.

 In ‘Dual Channel Duplicate’ mode the differential outputs DATA OUT

CHANNEL 1, DATA OUT CHANNEL 2, DATA OUT CHANNEL 3 and DATA

OUT CHANNEL 4 are enabled for analog data generation.

Option -004: The differential outputs DATA OUT CHANNEL 1, DATA OUT CHANNEL

2, DATA OUT CHANNEL 3 and DATA OUT CHANNEL 4 are enabled for analog data generation.

Note: The Data Outputs can be used differentially or single-ended. In case the output is used single-ended, the unused output must be terminated with 50 Ohm to GND to achieve optimum signal quality.

The Trigger Input has a combined functionality as Trigger or Gate and is used to start the M8195A by an external signal. This input is defined in detail in the chapter

Sequencing

The Event Input (EVENT IN) is used to e.g. step through segments or scenarios by an external signal. This input is defined in detail in the chapter Sequencing.

The Reference Clock Input can be used to synchronize to an external clock. The input frequency can vary between 10MHz and 17 GHz.

The Reference Clock Output can be used to synchronize a DUT to the M8195A. The adjustable output frequency covers a large frequency range.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 21

1 Introduction

1.4.1 Status LED

Following LEDs are available at the front panel to indicate the status of the AWG module:

The green ‘Access’ LED:

It indicates that the controlling PC exchanges data with the AWG module.

The red ‘Fail’ LED has following functionality:

It is ‘ON’ for about 30 seconds after powering the AXIe chassis.

After about 30 seconds the LED is switched ‘OFF’. If an external PC is used to control the AXIe chassis, this PC can be powered after this LED has switched OFF.

During normal operation of the module this LED is ‘OFF’. In case of an error condition such as e.g. a self-test error, the LED is switched ‘ON’.

1.4.2 DATA Out LED

Color

Off

ON, green

On, red

Meaning

Output disabled

Output enabled

Protection circuit active

Table 4: Data out LED

Description

Represents the state ‘Disable’. Selectable from SFP or SCPI. The output amplifier is not powered

After Power-On the LED is off.

After successful initialization of the M8195A, the LED turns to its default state which is OFF.

Represents the state ‘Enable’. Selectable from SFP or SCPI

 Output amplitude is equal to the adjusted amplitude

 Offset is equal to the adjusted amplitude

External Termination voltage is equal to the adjusted termination voltage

Error condition such as

The externally applied termination voltage significantly differs from the adjusted termination voltage

 External termination resistor significantly differs from 50

Ohm

The protection circuit overwrites amplifier settings (amplitude, offset) such that the amplifier’s output stage will not be destroyed =>

Amplifier is not powered

User interaction is required to remove the externally applied error condition. After removal, the user must actively enable the output again.

The DATA Output LED does not represent the RUN / Stop Status. Also, the Output

LED does not indicate whether a valid pattern is loaded in a certain channel.

22 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Introduction 1

1.4.3 Trigger IN and Event In LED

This LED indicates that an externally applied signal matches the adjusted threshold to be used as a Trigger or Event. The LED turns on for ~100 ms for each detected edge of the correct polarity. I.e. a rising edge turns the LED on for 100 ms if the polarity is adjusted to rising. If the polarity is adjusted to rising and a falling edge is externally applied, the LED remains OFF.

Notes:

 In case the edges are applied faster than every 100 ms, the LED is continuously ON.

In trigger mode ‘Gated’, the LED is turned on for 100 ms when the gate signal becomes active. I.e. when the polarity is set to positive, the LED turns on for 100ms after the rising edge. When the polarity is set to negative, the

LED turns on for 100 ms after the falling edge.

 In trigger mode ‘Gated’, the polarity cannot be set to ‘Either’

Table 5: Trigger IN and Event IN LED

Color

Off

ON, green

ON, red

Meaning Description

No external Trigger (Event) In case the trigger source is not set to external, this LED is OFF.

Valid external Trigger (Event) In case the trigger mode is set to ‘asynchronous’, a Trigger (Event) is detected always valid. Set-up or hold time violations do not exists.

Note: A ‘Force Trigger’ from the SFP or SCPI does not turn the LED ON

Invalid external Trigger

(Event) detected

In case the trigger mode is set to ‘synchronous’, a Trigger (Event) can be invalid because of a set-up or hold time violation. The LED turns On red in case a set-up or a hold time violation has been detected.

Note A ‘Force Trigger’ from the SFP or SCPI does not turn the LED ON

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 23

1 Introduction

1.4.4 Ref CLK IN LED

Color

Off

ON, green

ON, red

Table 6: Ref CLK IN LED

Meaning Description

Applied Clock cannot be used In case the clock reference is not set to Ref CLK IN, this LED is OFF.

Valid signal at Ref CLK IN detected  CDR has locked on Ref CLK In and

 The externally applied frequency is correct and

No valid signal at Ref CLK IN

 Ref CLK In has been selected as the clock reference

 Ref CLK In has been selected as the clock reference

The externally applied clock signal is not valid. E.g. the frequency does not match the adjusted value or the amplitude is outside the specified range

24 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Introduction 1

1.5 Theory of Operation

1.5.1 M8195A Block Diagram

The drawing below shows a block diagram of the instrument.

Internal waveform memory

(4 * 256 kSa)

Extended waveform memory

(16 GSa)

4 * 65 GSa/s

FIR

16, 32 or

64 tap

65

GSa/s

DAC

FPGA

1 * 65 GSa/s or

2 * 32.5 GSa/s or

4 * 16.25 GSa/s

FIR

16, 32 or

64 tap

65

GSa/s

DAC

Trigger

FIR

16, 32 or

64 tap

65

GSa/s

DAC

FIR

16, 32 or

64 tap

65

GSa/s

DAC

4 differential outputs

2 of the 4 may be designated as markers

Figure 3: M8195A block diagram

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 25

1 Introduction

26

The M8195A can operate in different modes: ‘Single Channel’, ‘Single Channel with markers’, ‘Dual Channel’, ‘Dual Channel Duplicate’, ‘Dual Channel with markers’, or

‘Four Channel’

There are two different memory modes available: ‘Internal’ and ‘Extended’. The memory mode is configurable for each channel.

The Sample Rate of all four Digital to Analog Converters (DAC) is selectable between

53.76 GSa/s … 65 GSa/s. The internal waveform memory always operates at the sample rate. The extended waveform memory can operate at sample rate 53.76

GSa/s … 65 GSa/s or at one half of the sample rate 26.88 GSa/s … 32.5 GSa/s or at one fourth of the sample rate 13.44 GSa/s … 16.25 GSa/s. The speed of operation of the extended memory is adjustable using the parameter ‘Sample Rate Divider

(Extended Memory)’ which can be changed by the user. Possible values are 1, 2, and

4. The Sample Rate Divider is identical for all channels that are sourced from extended memory. In case the Sample Rate Divider is adjusted to two or four, the FIR filters are used as interpolation filters by factors of two or four. The interpolation is necessary as the DAC always operates in the range 53.76 GSa/s … 65 GSa/s.

Each channel has a programmable FIR Filter.

The number of filter coefficients depends on the Sample Rate Divider; 16, 32, or

64 filter coefficients are available if the Sample Rate Divider is set to 1, 2 or, 4 respectively.

In case the Sample Rate Divider is changed, the FIR filter coefficients of each channel sourced from extended memory are loaded to operate as a by one or by two or by four interpolation filter.

Figure 4 depicts how the FIR filters are used as interpolation filters. If the sample

rate divider is set to two, the sample value ‘0’ is inserted between each sample that is read from extended memory. If the sample rate divider is set to four, three consecutive times the sample value of ‘0’ is inserted between each sample that is read from extended memory.

Sample rate divider

1

Number of FIR filter coefficient Default interpolation filter charactristic

16 No interpolation. No filter. Center tap is 1.

All other coefficients are 0 (filter type zero order hold).

2 32 By two interpolation using a Nyquist (halfband) filter with rolloff factor 0.2.

4 64 By four interpolation using a Nyquist

(quarter-band) filter with rolloff factor 0.2.

There are two sets of filter coefficients for each channel. One set is currently used for data generation. The other set can be reconfigured in parallel with new coefficients. After reconfiguration, the entire reconfigured set can be used simultaneously for data generation. This allows reconfiguration during data transmission without generating distortions at the output signal. By pressing the corresponding ‘Send To Instrument’ button of the SFP or by sending the corresponding API command, the new set of filter coefficients is applied.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Introduction 1

There are predefined sets of FIR filter coefficients which can be selected by the user. When selecting the ‘user-defined’ filter type, all FIR filter coefficients are fully controllable by the user.

There is a scaling multiplier at the output of the FIR filter which can be used to digitally scale the output signal by factor between 0.0 and 1.0.

Sample Rate

Divider = 1

Extended memory

64

GSa/s

Sample Rate

Divider = 2

Extended memory

32

GSa/s

S

15

S

14

S

13

S

12

Shifted at a rate of 64 GSa/s

S

11

S

10

S

9

S

8

S

7

S

3

S

2

S

1

S

0

FIR

Scale

C

0

C

1

C

2

C

3

C

4

C

5

C

6

C

7

C

8

C

12

C

13

C

14

C

15

FIR filter with 16 taps

64

GSa/s

DAC

0 S

15

0 S

14

Shifted at a rate of 64 GSa/s

0 S

13

0 S

12

0

0 S

1

0 S

0

FIR

Scale

64

GSa/s

C

0

C

1

C

2

C

3

C

4

C

5

C

6

C

7

C

8

C

28

C

29

C

30

C

31

16 taps

FIR filter with 32 taps

DAC

Sample Rate

Divider = 4

Extended memory

16

GSa/s

0 0 0 S

15

Shifted at a rate of 64 GSa/s

0 0 0 S

14

0

0 0 0 S

0

FIR

Scale

C

0

C

1

C

2

C

3

C

4

C

5

C

6

C

7

C

8

C

60

C

61

C

62

C

63

FIR filter with 64 taps

64

GSa/s

DAC

S n

= sample from memory

C n

= user programmable coefficient

Figure 4: M8195A FIR filter operation with different dividers. Note: Sample rates are shown as 64, 32 and 16 GSa/s in the diagram.

In fact, they are adjustable in the range: 53.76 … 65; 26.88 … 32.5 and 13.44 … 16.25 GSa/s

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 27

1 Introduction

1.5.2 Timing Block Diagram

The drawing below shows a block diagram of the instrument.

4 Differential Outputs

Extended Waveform

Memory

(16 GSa)

FPGA

Internal

Waveform

Memory

4 * 65 GSa/s

1 * 65 GSa/s or

2 * 32.5 GSa/s or

4 * 16.25 GSa/s

FIR

FIR

DAC 1

DAC 2

Trigger In

FIR

DAC 3

Asynch path

FIR DAC 4

Event In

Asynch path

SyncClock

Reference Clock In

AXIe Backplane

Internal

Reference

Clock Generation

DAC Sample Clk

Variable

Delay

SyncClock

:256

Reference Clock Out

Figure 5: M8195A Timing Block Diagram

The level of detail is chosen to provide a general high level understanding of how the instrument is working. Therefore, not all of ports are shown in the above diagram.

28 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Definitions

Operation

Introduction 1

DAC Sample Rate:

The DAC Sample rate is always in the range of 53.76 GSa/s … 65 GSa/s. The DAC sample rate indicates how many samples per seconds the DAC can generate. The unit of the sample rate is Sa/s

DAC Sample Frequency:

The DAC Sample frequency is always in the range of 53.76 GHz … 65 GHz. As the

DAC sample frequency references to a clock, the unit of the sample frequency is Hz.

DAC Sample CLK:

The DAC Sample CLK is the clock signal that sources the four DAC of the M8195A.

There is a variable delay element between the clock generation block and the DAC.

SyncClock:

SyncClock = DAC Sample Rate / 256

The SyncClock is the timing reference for the M8195A. Latency specifications such as the trigger to output latency are referenced to it. Also, the set-up and hold timing specification for synchronous trigger is referenced to the Sync Clock. The sequencer is also working with this clock. The Sync Clock is an internal clock signal that can be output at the Reference Clock Out in order to accurately align the timing with an external DUT or additional test equipment.

Delay Alignment:

The Synch Clock is the internal timing reference of the M8195A. After power on and after each DAC sample rate change, the M8195A performs an internal delay alignment. This delay alignment ensures that the latency from a synchronously applied Trigger or Event signal is 157 Synch Clock cycles.

Synchronous operation:

Synchronous operation means that the M8195A is started synchronously with an externally applied trigger. Also, sequencing is controlled synchronously by externally applied Trigger or Event signals. In order to operate the M8195A synchronously, the

SynchClock must be output at the Reference Clock Out, which can be done by setting internal switches accordingly. The Trigger and Event signal must meet set-up and hold timing requirements as specified in the data sheet of the M8195A. The latency (Trigger In to DATA_OUT or Event In to DATA_OUT) through the M8195A has no variation.

Asynchronous operation:

Asynchronous operation means that the M8195A is started asynchronously with an externally applied trigger. Also, sequencing is controlled asynchronously by externally applied Trigger or Event signals. For asynchronous operation, it is not required to output the SynchClock at the Reference Clock Out and consistently there are no set-up and hold timing requirements to be met. The latency (Trigger In to

DATA_OUT or Event In to DATA_OUT) through the M8195A has a small uncertainty.

Please refer to the data sheet for the Delay accuracy specification

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 29

1 Introduction

1.5.3 Delay Adjust

The variable delay is used in order to compensate for e.g. external cable length differences as well as the initial skew. The variable delay has a very high timing resolution. Modifying the variable delay always affects the delay of all four Data

Outputs.

Setting the variable delay to e.g. 10 ps has following effects:

Data Out 1, Data Out 2, Data Out 3, and Data Out 4 are delayed by 10 ps with respect to Trigger/Gate Input or Event Input.

Data Out 1, Data Out 2, DataOut 3, and Data Out 4 are delayed by 10 ps with respect to the internal Sync Clock. Note that the Sync Clock is the M8195A timing reference that can be output at Ref Clk out.

In case the M8195A is sourced from Ref CLk In (or the AXIe backplane), Data Out1,

Data Out 2, Data Out 3, and Data Out 4 are delayed by 10 ps with respect to Ref CLk

In (or the AXIe backplane).

In case the M8197A synchronization module is used to configure a synchronous system of multiple M8195A AWGs, the variable delay can be used to align the Data

Out among individual M8195A AWGs.

30 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Introduction 1

1.5.4 Extended Memory Configuration

The drawing below provides a more detailed overview regarding the extended memory configuration.

Waveform Generation

Sequence Vector DAC Configuration

Alternative 1: 1 Channel

1 x Data Channel

(256 Samples Parallel)

Waveform

Sample Rate

64 GSa/s

Interpolator

Interpolation Factor

1

DAC Sample Rate

64 GSa/s

Waveform

Memory

Sequencer

Memory

Sequencer

Alternative 2: Up to 2 Channels

2 x Data Channel

(128 Samples Parallel)

Waveform

Sample Rate

32 GSa/s

Interpolator

Interpolation Factor

2

DAC Sample Rate

64 GSa/s

4 x Data Channel

(64 Samples Parallel)

Alternative 3: Up to 4 Channels

Waveform

Sample Rate

16 GSa/s

Interpolator

Interpolation Factor

4

DAC Sample Rate

64 GSa/s

Figure 6: Extended memory configuration

The sequencer generates an ongoing stream of vectors containing 256 parallel samples of 8 bits based on the waveform data and sequencer instructions which are stored in the corresponding memories. Depending on the sample rate divider, which corresponds to the interpolation factor mentioned in the above picture, 3 alternative configurations are possible of how the vector of 256 parallel samples is used to source up to 4 channels. The selected extended memory configuration is exclusive, mixed modes are not possible.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 31

1 Introduction

Definitions

Waveform Sample Rate:

The Waveform Sample Rate is the sample rate before the interpolators. Depending on the Sample Rate Divider, this sample rate differs from the DAC Sample Rate which is always in the range of 53.76 GSa/s … 65 GSa/s.

The dependency is:

DAC Sample Rate = Waveform Sample Rate * Sample Rate Divider

Waveform Granularity:

Depending on the Sample Rate Divider, the 256 sample wide output of the sequencer is divided by 1, 2 or 4. This generates output vectors with a width of 256,

128 or 64 samples. This vector size is called waveform granularity and is the number of samples per channel processed within one sync clock cycle.

32 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Introduction 1

1.5.5 Instrument Modes

The following chapters provide an overview of all available instrument modes and show allowed combinations for using Internal Memory, Extended Memory and

Marker Channels.

1.5.5.1 Instrument Mode: Single Channel

Option –001 allows the selection of the instrument mode ‘Single Channel’ or ‘Single

Channel with Marker’.

The waveform is always sent at channel 1. The digital markers are always sent at channel 3 and 4.

Table 7: Instrument mode single channel

Memory configuration Waveform source Sample memory size

One channel internal memory & no marker

Internal Memory 1 Int 1: 1 MSa

One channel extended memory & no marker

One channel extended memory & with marker

Extended Memory 1 Ext 1:

No -16G: 2GSa

With -16G:

16 GSa @ 53.76...65 GSa/s

8 GSa @ 26.88…32.5 GSa/s

4 GSa @13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Extended Memory 1 Ext 1:

No -16 G: 2 GSa

With -16G:

16 GSa @ 53.76...65 GSa/s

8 GSa @ 26.88…32.5 GSa/s

4 GSa @ 13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Waveform memory access rate

Int 1: 53.76...65 GSa/s

Ext 1: 53.76...65 GSa/s,

26.88…32.5 GSa/s, or 13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Ext 1: 53.76...65 GSa/s,

26.88…32.5 GSa/s, or 13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Mapped to channel

Ch 1: Waveform 1

Ch 2,3,4: Inactive

Ch 1: Waveform 1

Ch 2,3,4: Inactive

Ch 1: Waveform

Ch 2: Inactive

Ch 3: Marker 1

Ch 4: Marker 2

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 33

1 Introduction

1.5.5.2 Instrument Mode: Dual Channel

Option -002 allows the selection of the Instrument Mode ‘Single Channel’, ‘Single

Channel with Marker’, ‘Dual Channel with Marker’, ‘Dual Channel’, or ‘Dual Channel

Duplicate’.

In Instrument mode ‘Dual Channel’ and ‘Dual Channel Duplicate’, no digital markers are available.

Each channel can be enabled and disabled independently from other channels.

When sourcing one channel from extended memory and the other channel from internal memory, the waveform sourced from extended memory is always sent at channel 1.

Table 8: Instrument mode dual channel

Memory configuration Waveform source Sample memory size

Two channels internal memory

Internal Memory 1

Internal Memory 4

Int 1: 512 kSa

Int 4: 512 kSa

Waveform memory access rate

Int 1: 53.76...65 GSa/s

Int 4: 53.76...65 GSa/s

Mapped to channel

Ch 1: Waveform 1

Ch 2,3: Inactive

Ch 4: Waveform 4

Ch 1: Waveform 1

(extended, only)

Ch 2,3: Inactive

Ch 4: Waveform 4

(internal, only)

One channel extended & one channel internal memory

Extended Memory 1

Internal Memory 4

Ext 1:

No -16G: 2GSa

With -16G:

16 GSa @ 53.76...65 GSa/s

8 GSa @ 26.88…32.5 GSa/s

4 GSa @13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Int 4: 1 MSa

Two channels extended memory

Two channels extended memory (duplicated)

Extended Memory 1

Extended Memory 4

Ext 1 = Ext 4:

No -16G:

1GSa per channel.

With -16G:

8 GSa @26.88…32.5 GSa/s

4 GSa @13.44…16.25 GSa/s per channel

Extended Memory 1

Extended Memory 2

Ext 1 = Ext 2:

No -16G:

1GSa per channel.

With -16G:

8 GSa @26.88…32.5 GSa/s per channel

One channel extended & one channel internal memory & with marker

Extended Memory 1

Internal Memory 2

Ext 1:

No -16G: 2GSa

With -16G:

16 GSa @ 53.76...65 GSa/s

8 GSa @ 26.88…32.5 GSa/s

4 GSa @13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Int 2: 1 MSa

Two channels extended memory & with marker

Extended Memory 1

Extended Memory 2

Ext 1 = Ext 2:

No -16G:

1GSa per channel.

With -16G:

8 GSa @ 26.88…32.5 GSa/s

4 GSa @13.44…16.25 GSa/s per channel

Ext 1:

53.76...65 GSa/s,

26.88…32.5 GSa/s, or 13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Int 4: 53.76...65 GSa/s

Ext 1 = Ext 4:

26.88…32.5 GSa/s or 13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Ext 1 = Ext 2:

26.88…32.5 GSa/s

Ext 1:

53.76...65 GSa/s,

26.88…32.5 GSa/s, or 13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Int 2: 53.76...65 GSa/s

Ext 1 = Ext 2:

26.88…32.5 GSa/s or 13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Ch 1: Waveform 1

Ch 2,3: Inactive

Ch 4: Waveform 4

Ch 1: Waveform 1

Ch 2: Waveform 2

Ch 3: Waveform 1 (copy of

Ch 1)

Ch 4: Waveform 2 (copy of

Ch 2)

Ch 1: Waveform 1

(extended, only)

Ch 4: Waveform 2

(internal, only)

Ch 3: Marker 1

Ch 4: Marker 2

Ch 1: Waveform 1

Ch 4: Waveform 2

Ch 3: Marker 1

Ch 4: Marker 2

34 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Introduction 1

1.5.5.3 Instrument Mode: Four Channel

Option -004 allows the selection of the Instrument Mode ‘Single channel’, ‘Single

Channel with Marker’, ‘Dual Channel with Marker’, ‘Dual Channel’, ‘Dual Channel

Duplicate’, or ‘Four Channel’.

In Instrument mode ‘Four Channel’, no digital markers are available.

Each Channel can be enabled and disabled independently from other channels.

Table 9: Instrument mode four channel

Memory configuration

Four channels Internal Memory

Waveform source Sample memory size Waveform memory

access rate

Int 1 = Int 2 = Int 3 = Int 4:

53.76...65 GSa/s

Mapped to channel

One channel extended Memory &

Three channels internal memory

Two channels extended Memory &

Two channels internal memory

Extended Memory 1

Extended Memory 2

Internal Memory 3

Internal Memory 4

Three channels extended Memory

&

One channel internal memory

Four channels Extended Memory

Internal Memory 1

Internal Memory 2

Internal Memory 3

Internal Memory 4

Extended Memory 1

Internal Memory 2, 3 or 4

Extended Memory 1

Extended Memory 2

Extended Memory 3

Internal Memory 4

Extended Memory 1

Extended Memory 2

Extended Memory 3

Extended Memory 4

Int 1: 256 kSa

Int 2: 256 kSa

Int 3: 256 kSa

Int 4: 256 kSa

Ext 1 :

No -16G: 2 GSa

With -16G:

16 [email protected] GSa/s

8 [email protected]…32.5 GSa/s

4 [email protected]…16.25 GSa/s

Int 2, Int 3, Int 4:

256 kSa

Ext 1 = Ext 2:

No -16G: 1 GSa per channel

With -16G: [email protected]…32.5

GSa/s

[email protected]…16.25 GSa/s per channel

Int 3 = Int 4:

512 kSa

Ext 1 = Ext 2 = Ext 3:

No -16G: 0.5 GSa/ch

With -16G: 4 GSa/ch

Int 4: 1 MSa

Ext 1 = Ext 2 = Ext 3 = Ext 4:

No -16G: 0.5GSa/ch

With -16G: 4GSa/ch

Ext 1:

53.76...65 GSa/s or 26.88…32.5 GSa/s or 13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Int 2 = Int 3 = Int 4:

53.76...65 GSa/s

Ext 1 = Ext 2:

26.88…32.5 GSa/s or 13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Int 3 = Int 4:

53.76...65 GSa/s

Ext 1 = Ext 2 = Ext3:

13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Int 4: 53.76...65 GSa/s

Ext 1 = Ext 2 = Ext 3 = Ext 4:

13.44…16.25 GSa/s

Ch 1: Waveform 1

Ch 2: Waveform 2

Ch 3: Waveform 3

Ch 4: Waveform 4

Ch 1: Waveform 1

(extended, only)

Ch 2: Waveform 2

Ch 3: Waveform 3

Ch 4: Waveform 4

Ch 1, Ch 2: Waveform 1, 2

(extended, only)

Ch 3, Ch 4 : Waveform 3,

4 (internal, only)

Ch 1, Ch 2, Ch3:

Waveform 1, 2, 3

(extended, only)

Ch 4 : Waveform 4

(internal, only)

Ch 1: Waveform 1

Ch 2: Waveform 2

Ch 3: Waveform 3

Ch 4: Waveform 4

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 35

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator

User’s Guide

2 M8195A User Interface

2.1

Introduction / 37

2.2

Launching the M8195A Soft Front Panel / 38

2.3

M8195A User Interface Overview / 40

2.4

Driver Call Log / 44

2.5

Errors List Window / 45

2.6

Clock Tab / 47

2.7

Output Tab / 49

2.8

Trigger Tab / 52

2.9

FIR Filter Tab / 54

2.10

Standard Waveform Tab / 57

2.11

Multi-Tone Waveform Tab / 63

2.12

Complex Modulated Waveform Tab / 69

2.13

Serial Data Waveform Tab / 79

2.14

Import Waveform Tab / 93

2.15

Sequence/Control Tab / 100

2.16

Correction File Format / 106

2.1 Introduction

This chapter describes the M8195A Soft Front Panel.

2 M8195A User Interface

2.2 Launching the M8195A Soft Front Panel

There are three ways to launch the M8195A Soft Front Panel:

 Select Start > All Programs > Keysight M8195 > Keysight M8195 Soft Front

Panel from the Start Menu.

 From the Keysight Connection Expert select the discovered M8195 module, right-click to open the context menu and select “Send Commands To This

Instrument”.

From the Keysight Connection Expert select the discovered M8195 module, select the “Installed Software” tab and press the “Start SFP” button.

The following screen will appear:

38

Figure 7: M8195A connected to PC

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

The instrument selection dialog shows the addresses of the discovered M8195A modules. Select a module from the list and press “Connect”.

If no M8195A module is connected to your PC, you can check “Simulation Mode” to simulate an M8195A module.

Figure 8: M8195A connected in simulation mode

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 39

2 M8195A User Interface

2.3 M8195A User Interface Overview

The M8195A user interface includes the following GUI items:

 Title Bar

 Menu Bar

Status Bar

 Tabs (Clock, Output, Standard Waveform, Multi-Tone Waveform, Complex

Modulated Waveform, Serial Data Waveform, and Import Waveform)

The detailed information on these GUI items is described in the sections that follow.

2.3.1 Title Bar

The title bar contains the standard Microsoft Windows elements such as the window title and the icons for minimizing, maximizing, or closing the window.

2.3.2 Menu Bar

The menu bar consists of various pull down menus that provide access to the different functions and launch interactive GUI tools.

The menu bar includes the following pull down menu:

 File

 View

Utilities

 Tools

 Help

Each menu and its options are described in the following sections.

40 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

2.3.2.1 File Menu

The File menu includes the following selections:

 File – Connect…

Opens the instrument selection dialog.

 File – Save Configuration As…

Saves configuration as a text file.

File – Load Configuration…

Load the previously saved configuration file.

 File – Exit

Exits the user interface.

2.3.2.2 View Menu

The View menu includes the following selections:

 View – Refresh

Reads the instrument state and updates all fields.

 View – Hide

Minimizes the GUI to notify icon.

2.3.2.3 Utilities Menu

The Utility menu includes the following selections:

 Utility – Identify

Identify the instrument by flashing the green “Access” LED on the front panel for a certain time.

 Utility – Reset

Resets the instrument, reads the state and updates all fields.

 Utility – Self Test…

Opens a window to start the self-test and display the result after completion.

2.3.2.4 Tools Menu

The Tools menu includes the following selections:

 Tools – Monitor Driver Calls

Opens the Driver Call Log window.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 41

2 M8195A User Interface

2.3.2.5 Help Menu

The Help menu includes the following selections:

 User Guide

Opens the User Guide of the M8195A.

 Driver Help

Opens the online help of the IVI-COM and IVI-C drivers.

Help – Online Support

Opens the instrument’s product support web page.

 Help – About

Displays revision information for hardware, software and firmware. Displays the serial number of the connected module.

2.3.3 Status Bar

The Status Bar contains three fields from left to right:

 Connection state

“Not Connected” – No instrument is connected.

“Connected: <Instrument resource string>” – An instrument is connected. The resource string, for example PXI36::0::0::INSTR is displayed.

“Simulation Mode” – No real instrument is connected. The user interface is in simulation mode.

Click this field to open the Instrument Selection Dialog.

 Instrument status

Displays the instrument status, for example “Reset complete” after issuing a reset command. In case of error it displays additional error information.

 Error status

“Error” – The connected instrument reported an error.

“No Error” – No errors occurred.

Click this icon to open the Error List Window.

Run/Stop button:

The Run/Stop button is used to switch between Run and Program mode.

2.3.4 Clock/Output/Trigger/FIR Filter/Standard Waveform/Multi-Tone

Waveform/Complex Modulated Waveform/Serial Data Waveform/Import

Waveform/Sequence/Control Tabs

These tabs are used to configure the most important parameters of the M8195A module. They are described in detail in the sections that follow.

42 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

2.3.5 Numeric Control Usage

The numeric control is used to adjust the value and units. Whenever you bring the mouse pointer over the numeric control, a tooltip appears which shows the possible values in that range.

Figure 9: Tooltip showing possible values in the range

The numeric controls can be used in the following ways:

Use the up/down arrows to change the value. The control automatically stops at the maximum/minimum allowed value.

You can increase or decrease the value starting at a specific portion of the value. To do this, place the cursor to the right of the targeted digit and use the up/down arrows. This is especially useful when changing a signal characteristic that is immediately implemented, and observing the result in another instrument. For example, you can change the signal generator’s frequency by increments of 10 MHz and observe the measured result in a signal analyzer:

Figure 10: Typing directly into the field

Type directly into the field and press the Enter key. If you enter a value outside the allowed range, the control automatically limits the entered value to the maximum or minimum allowed value.

When you type the value, you can type the first letter of the allowed unit of measure to set the units. For example, in the Frequency control you can use "H", "K", "M", or "G" to specify hertz, kilohertz, megahertz, or gigahertz, respectively. (The control is not case sensitive.)

The controls allow scientific notation if it is appropriate to the allowed range. Type the first decimal number, enter an "E", and omit any trailing zeroes. For example, in the

Frequency control you can type 2.5e+9 and press [Enter] to set the frequency to

2.5 GHz. (The plus sign is automatically inserted if it is omitted.)

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 43

2 M8195A User Interface

2.4 Driver Call Log

Use this window to inspect the sequence of IVI driver calls and SCPI commands used to configure the M8195A module.

Figure 11: Driver call log window

It has the following buttons:

Save As…

Saves the Driver Call Log as a text file.

 Clear History

Clears the Driver Call Log.

Close

Exits the window.

44 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

2.5 Errors List Window

Use this window to view errors, warnings, and information.

M8195A User Interface 2

Figure 12: Errors list window

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 45

2 M8195A User Interface

It has the following controls, signs, and columns:

 Open On Error

Select this check box to automatically open the errors list window whenever an error occurs. This window will show error details i.e. time stamp and description.

 (Clear All)

Use this option to clear all the errors from the errors list window.

or (Hide Errors List Window or Show Errors List Window)

Use this toggle option to respectively show or hide the errors list window. It also shows total number of errors in the list. When the window has no errors, the green tick icon will appear.

 (Error)

This icon represents an error.

 (Warning)

This icon represents a warning.

(Information)

This icon represents an information.

 Time Stamp

This column lists the time stamp of individual errors in the format

DD/MM/YYYY HH:MM:SS.

 Description

This column provides the description of individual errors.

(Window Controls)

This drop down list provides window control options like:

 Float

 Dock

 Auto Hide

 Close

46 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

2.6 Clock Tab

Use this tab to configure the sample clock and the reference clock of M8195A module.

The sample clock for all four Digital to Analog Converters (DAC) of the four channels is identical. It allows user to configure clock source, reference clock range and frequency, and DAC sample frequency.

Figure 13: Clock tab

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 47

2 M8195A User Interface

 Reference Clock Selection Switch

This switch selects between the different reference clock sources.

 Internal 100 MHz: Reference from internal oscillator

 Internal Backplane 100 MHz: Reference from AXIe Backplane

 External: Reference from Ref Clock In

 DAC Sample Frequency

This field specifies the DAC sample frequency for all the channels.

The range is 53.76 to 65 GHz.

Module Delay

This field specifies the module delay for all the channels.

The range is 0 to 10 ns.

Sample Clock Delay

This field specifies the sample clock delay individually per channel as an integral number of DAC sample clocks.

The range is 0 to 95 DAC sample clocks.

 Reference Clock Frequency and Range

This field allows to select a reference clock frequency range among the two options 10 to 300 MHz and 210 MHz to 17 GHz. Further, it provides a field to enter the frequency value within the selected range.

 Reference Clock Out Switches

These two switches allow selecting reference clock out source depending on reference clock input source.

 Frequency Dividers

There are in total five frequency dividers in the path to the Reference Clock

Out. Three of them can be changed.

48 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

2.7 Output Tab

Use this tab to configure the Data Outputs (Channel 1, Channel 2, Channel 3, and

Channel 4) of the M8195A AWG module.

 The M8195A has six different modes of operation:

 Single Channel: If this mode is selected, Channel 1 is used to generate data; Channel 2, Channel 3, and Channel 4 are disabled.

 Single Channel with Markers: If this mode is selected, Channel 1 is used to generate data, and channel 3 and 4 are used to generate digital markers. Channel 2 is disabled. The memory mode for Channel 1 is

‘Extended’ and cannot be changed.

 Dual Channel: If this mode is selected, Channel 1 and Channel 4 are used to generate data. Channel 2 and Channel 3 are disabled. This mode is selectable, if option 002 or 004 is present.

 Dual Channel Duplicate: If this mode is selected, Channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 are used to generate a signal. Channel 3 generates the same signal as channel 1. Channel 4 generates the same signal as channel 2. The memory mode for Channels 1 and 2 is not configurable and is always

‘Extended’ memory. This mode is selectable, if option 002 or 004 is present.

 Dual Channel with Markers: If this mode is selected, Channels 1 and 2 are used to generate a signal. Channel 1 has two markers output on channel

3 and 4. Channel 2 can generate a signal without markers. The memory mode for Channel 1 is not configurable and is always ‘Extended’ memory.

This mode is selectable, if option 002 or 004 is present.

 Four Channel: This mode is only selectable, if option 004 is installed. If this mode is selected, all four channels can be used to generate data.

 Sample Rate Divider (Extended Mem):

The speed of operation of the extended memory is adjustable using the parameter ‘Sample Rate Divider (extended memory)’. Possible values are 1, 2, and 4. The sample rate divider is identical for all channels that are sourced from extended memory. In case the sample rate divider is adjusted to two or four, the FIR filters are used as interpolation filters by factors of two or four.

The interpolation is necessary as the DAC always operates in the range

53.76 GSa/s … 65 GSa/s.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 49

2 M8195A User Interface

Figure 14: Output tab

50 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

Each channel has the following input fields:

 Memory mode

Specifies the memory mode of the channel. Available options are ‘Internal’

(default) and ‘Extended’.

The Sample Rate of all the four Digital to Analog Converters (DAC) is selectable between 53.76 GSa/s … 65 GSa/s. The Internal waveform memory always operates at the sample rate. The Extended waveform memory can operate at sample rate 53.76 GSa/s … 65 GSa/s or at one half of the sample rate 26.88 GSa/s … 32.5 GSa/s or at one fourth of the sample rate 13.44

GSa/s … 16.25 GSa/s. The speed of operation of the extended memory is adjustable using the parameter ‘Sample Rate Divider (extended memory)’.

 Amplitude

Specifies the amplitude of the output signal.

Offset

Specifies the offset of the output signal.

 Diff. Offset (Differential Offset)

Specifies the differential offset of the output signal.

 V Term (Termination Voltage)

Specifies the termination voltage.

 Output status indicator. This indicator reflects the color of the ‘Channel’ LED on the front panel:

 It is ‘OFF’ when the channel is disabled and no overload condition at this channel has been detected.

 It is ‘GREEN’ if the channel is enabled and no overload condition at this channel has been detected.

 It is ‘RED’ if the internal protection circuit of that channel has detected an overload condition. Potential overload conditions are e.g. an external short to GND or 50 Ohm termination to a wrong externally applied termination voltage VTerm. In case an overload condition is detected, remove the overload condition of the test set-up and enable the channel.

 Output enable switch

If set to enabled position, the generated signal is present at the output.

 FIR Scale

Shows the currently active scaling factor. This parameter can be adjusted in the FIR filter tab.

 Scaled Amplitude

Shows the effective output amplitude after the ‘FIR Scale’ had been applied.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 51

2 M8195A User Interface

2.8 Trigger Tab

Use this tab to configure the trigger and event input parameters. It allows user to send software triggers and events to the module.

52

Figure 15: Trigger tab

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

This tab has the following configurable fields:

 Arm mode

 Armed – Signal generation starts when an “enable” event is received as defined by the trigger mode.

 Self – Signal generation starts as defined by the trigger mode.

 Trigger mode

 Continuous – Signal generation starts immediately after pressing the Run button. No trigger needed.

 Triggered – Signal generation starts after a trigger is received.

 Gated – Signal generation starts when a rising edge is received on the trigger input and pauses when a falling edge is received. Signal generation restarts after the next rising edge.

Threshold

Specifies the threshold voltage for a software trigger or event.

 Polarity

Specifies the polarity for a software trigger or event viz. Negative, Positive, or

Either.

 Operation

Specifies whether the trigger or event operation is Synchronous or

Asynchronous. Operation mode is same for both trigger and event input.

 Frequency

Specifies the frequency for internal trigger.

 Force Trigger

Use this button to send a software trigger to a channel.

 Force Event

Use this button to send a software event to a channel.

 Force Enable

Use this button to send a software “enable” to a channel.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 53

2 M8195A User Interface

2.9 FIR Filter Tab

Use this tab to configure the FIR filter coefficient values for Channel 1, Channel 2,

Channel 3, and Channel 4. The number of coefficients depends on the extended

memory sample rate divider (see Sample Rate Divider ‘extended memory’ in

Output tab).

For sample rate divider 1, 2, and 4 the number of coefficients are 16, 32, and 64, respectively.

For complete details, refer to the section “ Theory of Operation ”.

54

Figure 16: FIR Filter tab

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

This tab has the following fields and buttons:

Coefficient Values

Specifies the coefficient values for channel 1, channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4. To edit a coefficient value, double-click on the value field. The range for a coefficient value is -2 to 2.

 Copy/Paste Coefficients

Use this button to bulk copy/paste coefficient values for a specific channel.

Clicking the button opens a dialog box displaying all the coefficient values ready to be copied or replaced by other values.

The dialog box provides an option to view the values separated by Comma,

Semi Colon, Space, Tab, or Enter.

Automatic Update

If checked, the FIR coefficients are updated in the hardware whenever they change (change of Sample Rate Divider, Filter Type, FIR Scale, FIR Delay, or manual change of the coefficients).

If not checked, the FIR coefficients are updated in the hardware only when

“Send To Instrument" is pressed.

 Reset Coefficients

This button resets the coefficient values for a certain channel to default.

 Send To Instrument

This button sends the coefficient values to the instrument.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 55

2 M8195A User Interface

Interpolation

 This shows the interpolation factor for a channel.

Filter Type

 The following FIR filter types for a channel can be used when the interpolation factor is 1. o

Lowpass – equiripple lowpass filter with a passband edge at 75% of

Nyquist o

Zero-order hold filter o

User-defined filter

 The following FIR filter types for a channel can be used when the interpolation factor is 2. o

Nyquist filter (half-band filter) with rolloff factor 0.2 o

Linear interpolation filter o

Zero-order hold filter o

User-defined filter

 The following FIR filter types for a channel can be used when the interpolation factor is 4. o

Nyquist filter (quarter-band filter) with rolloff factor 0.2 o

Linear interpolation filter o

Zero-order hold filter o

User-defined filter

FIR Scale

FIR filter scaling factor for a channel.. The range is between 0 and 1.

FIR Delay

 FIR filter delay for a channel.. The delay is only adjustable for the filter types

‘Lowpass’, ‘Nyquist’, and ‘Linear Interpolation’.

56 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

2.10 Standard Waveform Tab

Use this tab to create a variety of standard waveform types. It provides the controls which allow the complete definition of signal generation parameters for the following waveform shapes:

 Sinusoidal

 Square with linear transitions

Square with cosine-shaped transitions

 Triangle

 Sinc (Sin x/x)

 Bandwidth-limited Gaussian noise

The standard waveform tab allows you to generate signals for both direct and I/Q data generation modes. It also provides a graphic waveform preview functionality, which can be used to validate created signals before sending them to the instrument. The created signals can also be stored in a file for later use. The application takes care of handling the requirements and limits of the target hardware in aspects such as maximum and minimum record lengths and sampling rate and record length granularity. As a result, the signals designed in this tab will be always feasible to be generated by the instrument and free of distortions such as wrap-around or timing artifacts, even if the signal is generated in looped mode.

Figure 17: Standard waveform tab

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 57

2 M8195A User Interface

58

This tab has the following controls:

Waveform Destination Section

 Channel

Independent checkboxes allow the definition of standard waveforms for

Channel 1, Channel 2, Channel 3, or Channel 4. One of the boxes is always checked. When pressing the ‘Send To Instrument’ button, the waveform is sent to all channels that are checked.

Generate I/Q Data

If checked, baseband (I/Q) signals will be generated. The effect of this control depends on the selected signal type. For Sinusoidal waves, the resulting complex signal will be a single spectral line located at positive or negative frequencies. This implies that users can type negative numbers into the

“Waveform Freq.” field. For noise, the resulting complex signal will be a limited-bandwidth Gaussian noise with uncorrelated positive and negative frequency components. All the other waveform types result in the same signal being generated by both I and Q assigned channels.

I/Q selection toggle buttons for each channel will be shown when the

Generate I/Q Data checkbox is checked. In-Phase (I) and Quadrature (Q) components can be independently assigned to each channel.

 Segment Number

Target segment for each channel can be defined independently. This field is configurable only for channels sourced from ‘extended’ memory. The segment range is 1 to 16777216. For channels sourced from ‘Internal’ memory, the segment is always set to 1, and it displays the text ‘Internal’.

Basic Waveform Parameters Section

 Waveform Type:

The following waveform types are available:

 Sine: Sinusoidal waveform. Frequency and Initial Phase parameters can be defined for this waveform type using the corresponding controls. If the

Generate I/Q checkbox is checked, two sine waves with a 90º phase difference will be assigned to the I and Q components.

 Square_Linear: Square signal with linear transitions. Frequency, Rise

Time, Fall Time, Duty Cycle, and Initial Phase parameters can be defined for this waveform type using the corresponding controls.

 Square_Cos: Square signal with cosine shaped transitions. Frequency,

Rise Time, Fall Time, Duty Cycle, and Initial Phase parameters can be defined for this waveform type using the corresponding controls.

 Triangle: Triangular waveform with linear transitions. Frequency,

Symmetry, and Initial Phase parameters can be defined for this waveform type using the corresponding controls.

 Sinc: Sin x/x waveform. Frequency, Symmetry, Sinc Length, and Initial

Phase parameters can be defined for this waveform type using the corresponding controls.

 Noise: Gaussian noise with limited bandwidth. Frequency, Crest Factor, and Noise Bandwidth parameters can be defined for this waveform type using the corresponding controls. If the Generate I/Q checkbox is checked, two uncorrelated noise waveforms will be assigned to the I and

Q components.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

 Waveform Frequency

Repetition rate for one cycle of the standard waveform. It is always a positive number except when Signal Type is set to Sine and the Generate I/Q Data checkbox is checked. In this case, frequency may be negative so the resulting

SSB (Single-Side Band) will be located over or below the carrier frequency.

If the Waveform Type Noise is selected, this parameter is the repetition frequency of a waveform consisting of pseudo-random samples with a near

Gaussian distribution. The spectrum for the generated noise will not be continuous as it would be for a true Gaussian distribution, because it is made of discrete tones with a spacing equal to the repetition frequency. This can be observed by performing spectrum analysis with a sufficiently low resolution bandwidth. By controlling the repetition frequency, the user can optimize noise usability for a particular situation saving both waveform memory and calculation time.

 Initial Phase

The phase within a normalized cycle of the standard waveform for the first sample in the segment.

 Duty Cycle

The relative width as a percentage of the mark and the space sections of square waves.

 Rise Time

The transition time (10%-90%) for the rising edge in square waveforms.

Fall Time

The transition time (10%-90%) for the falling edge in square waveforms.

 Symmetry

For both triangular and sinc waveforms, it marks the location as a percentage of the positive highest peak within a period of the basic signal.

 Sinc Length

The number of zero crossings in a single period for the sinc waveform type.

 Crest Factor

The peak-to-average power ratio in dBs for Noise samples before low-pass filtering. Ideally, Gaussian noise is not bounded, so the crest factor keeps growing (up to infinity) as the observation time window grows. This cannot be supported by AWG generated noise, because waveform length and dynamic range are limited. The higher the peak the lower the average power for that noise will be, if the full waveform excursion must fit the available DAC range.

The user can select the maximum amplitude of the unfiltered noise relative to the average power (or rms amplitude). When the noise amplitude is bigger than the user-set limit, the waveform is clipped. The actual crest factor will be higher than expected as bandwidth limiting filtering will create some samples beyond the user-set limits. Clipping is applied before filtering to avoid a very noticeable spectral growth.

 Noise Bandwidth

Baseband noise bandwidth for Noise waveforms. Spectral density for the noise will be flat up to the frequency set by this parameter. This is accomplished by applying near ideal low-pass filtering to the unfiltered noise (random samples with a Gaussian distribution sampled at the DAC Sample Rate).

For IQ modes, noise bandwidth around the carrier frequency will be twice this parameter.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 59

2 M8195A User Interface

Additional Waveform Parameters Section

Preamble Length

The duration of a DC section before the defined Standard waveform starts.

 Preamble Level

The level for the DC section before the defined Standard waveform starts.

Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

Postamble Length

The duration of a DC section after the defined Standard waveform stops.

 Postamble Level

The level for the DC section after the defined Standard waveform stops.

Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

 Keep Periods

This checkbox is only available when “Keep Sample Rate” is selected. When this option is selected, the waveform calculation algorithm preserves the userdefined number of periods.

Set WL to Max

This checkbox is only available when “Keep Sample Rate” is selected. When this option is selected, the waveform calculation algorithm always takes the maximum waveform length as defined in the “Max. Wfm. Length”. As the waveform length must always be identical for all four channels, it is recommended to check the “Set WL to Max” box in case different waveforms shall be downloaded to different channels.

 Periods

The number of repetition of single periods of the standard waveform within the target segment. This parameter is set automatically when Frequency is changed and preamble and postamble lengths are set to zero in order to obtain the best timing accuracy and meet the record length granularity requirements.

 Waveform Length

The length in samples of the resulting segment. It may be set within acceptable limits and it may be calculated automatically to properly implement other signal and instrument parameters such as sampling rate.

Max. Wfm. Length

Maximum waveform length must be used to force the resulting waveform to be shorter than or equal to a user-set limit.

Keep Sample Rate

This check box preserves the sampling rate to a user-defined value no matter how any other signal parameters may be defined. Keeping the sampling rate to a fixed value may be necessary when multiple waveforms are created to be used in a sequence or scenario. The “Set WL to Max” check box gets activated when this check box is checked.

Set WL to Max. This check box forces the usage of the number of samples defined in the “Max. Wfm. Length” numeric entry field. Some waveform parameters may be adjusted to make sure that continuous play-back of the waveform is seamless.

60 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

Marker Mode

These controls are available when the “Single Channel with Marker” or “Dual Channel with Marker” mode is selected in the Output tab.

 Ch. 3 (Marker 1)

Marker 1 is output on Channel 3. Signaling the beginning of each segment may be activated (Segment selection) and deactivated (None selection).

 Ch. 4 (Marker 2)

Marker 2 is output on Channel 4. Signaling the beginning of each segment may be activated (Segment selection) and deactivated (None selection).

Scaling Section

 DAC Max

Standard waveforms may occupy a limited range of the DAC’s full scale. This parameter sets the maximum level. If set to a lower level than DAC Min, this will be automatically set to the same level. Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

 DAC Min

Standard waveforms may occupy a limited range of the DAC’s full scale. This parameter sets the minimum level. If set to a higher level than DAC Max, this will be automatically set to the same level. Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 61

2 M8195A User Interface

Preview Section

 Waveform Preview Toolbar

The waveform preview toolbar includes the icons to preview the waveform. The following icons are available:

Uses the mouse to control the marker. The respective position of marker at X and Y axis are displayed on the top of waveform.

Takes the marker to the peak position

Turns off the marker

Sets the marker on the I data part of the waveform

Sets the marker on the Q data part of the waveform

Provides zoom functionality. Use the mouse pointer to select the area on waveform that you want to zoom. Once done, you can click Auto scale icon to zoom out the waveform.

Uses the mouse pointer to move the waveform around. You can also use the pan tool when the waveform is zoomed in.

Auto scale the waveform

Note – The availability of icons on the waveform preview toolbar may vary for different tabs, depending upon their functionality to preview the waveform.

 Save To File…

Signals can be stored in files in whether BIN (for non IQ modes) or IQBIN (for

IQ modes) formats. These files may be reused within the Import Waveform tab.

 Send To Instrument

Signal will be transferred to the selected segments of the selected channels.

The previous running status for the target instrument will be preserved but sampling rate may be modified depending on the waveform requirements.

Set Defaults

All the standard waveform parameters are set automatically to their corresponding default values.

62 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

2.11 Multi-Tone Waveform Tab

Use this tab to create signals made-up of multiple tones, either equally or arbitrarily spaced. It also allows for the definition of a frequency interval without tones (or notch) for NPR (Noise Power Ratio) testing. Amplitudes and phases of the individual tones can be corrected through correction factor files defined by the user. The Multi-Tone tab allows you to generate both RF and baseband (I/Q Data) signals. It also provides a graphic waveform preview functionality, which can be used to validate the location and amplitudes of the tones in the signal before sending it to the instrument or be stored in a file for later use. The signal’s crest factor or Peak-to-Average Power Ratio (PAPR) is also shown. The application handles requirements and limits of the target hardware in aspects such as maximum and minimum record lengths, sampling rate, and record length granularity. As a result, generation of signals designed in this tab will always be feasible through the instrument, and they will be free of distortions such as wraparound or timing artifacts, even if they are generated in looped mode.

Figure 18: Multi-Tone waveform tab

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 63

2 M8195A User Interface

64

There are two basic operation modes for the definition of equally spaced or arbitrarily distributed tones respectively. The selection between the two modes is made through the “Tone Distribution” drop-down list. This control affects the contents of the “Basic

Multi-Tone Waveform Parameters” section of the user interface and the presence of the

“Notch Parameter” section, which only makes sense in case of equally spaced tones.

However, controls in the other control groups are valid and operative for both operating modes. Equally spaced tones are defined on the basis of their common parameters such as start and stop frequencies, and tone spacing or number of tones or both. Arbitrarily distributed tones are defined through a table. In order to simplify the creation of complex scenarios, the tones defined in the equally spaced mode are loaded into the tone table every time the user switches to the arbitrary mode and the tone table is empty. In this way, any number of tones may be easily defined in the equally spaced mode, and then the resulting table may be edited for frequency, amplitude, or phase for each individual tone. Tones may also be deleted or added.

This tab has the following controls:

Waveform Destination Section

Generate I/Q Data

If checked, baseband (I/Q) signals will be generated. The resulting complex signal will be a series of tones located at positive and/or negative frequencies.

As a consequence, negative values can be typed into any waveform frequency edition field in this panel when this checkbox is checked.

 I/Q Toggle buttons

I/Q selection toggle buttons for each channel will be shown when the

Generate I/Q Data checkbox is checked. In-Phase (I) and Quadrature (Q) components can be independently assigned to each channel.

Channel Independent checkboxes allow the definition of Multi-Tone waveforms for Channel 1, Channel 2, Channel 3 or Channel 4. One of the boxes is always checked. When pressing the ‘Send To Instrument’ button, the waveform is sent to all channels that are checked.

Segment Number

Target segment for each channel can be defined independently. This field is configurable only for channels sourced from ‘extended’ memory. The segment range is 1 to 16777216. For channels sourced from ‘Internal’ memory, the segment is always set to 1, and it displays the text ‘Internal’.

Corrections Section

 File…

Open a correction file selection dialog box. Default file extensions match the

File Format selection. The name of the successfully loaded correction factors file is shown in the field located at the left of this button. The accepted format

for correction files may be found in the Correction File Format

section.

Channel Specific Frequency and Phase Response

This checkbox activates the application of corrections based on frequencydomain calibration data stored in the target instrument in an internal nonvolatile memory. It improves flatness and linear phase distortion.

 Standard Cable

This checkbox activates the application of correction factors based on a typical high-quality, high-bandwidth 0.85m microwave cable (Huber+Suhner type

M8041-61616).

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

Additional Waveform Parameters Section

 Waveform Length

It is indicator only. The length is in samples of the resulting segment.

Max. Wfm. Length

Maximum waveform length must be used to force the resulting waveform to be shorter than or equal to the limit set by the user.

Keep Sample Rate

This check box preserves the sampling rate to a user-defined value irrespective of the manner in which other signal parameters may be defined.

Keeping the sampling rate to a fixed value may be necessary when multiple waveforms are created for usage in a sequence or scenario. The “Set WL to

Max” checkbox shows up when this check box is checked.

Set WL to Max

This checkbox is only available when “Keep Sample Rate” is selected. When this option is selected, the waveform calculation algorithm always takes the maximum waveform length as defined in the “Max. Wfm. Length”. As the waveform length must always be identical for all four channels, it is recommended to check the “Set WL to Max” box in case different waveforms shall be downloaded to different channels.

 Sample Rate

Final DAC conversion rate for the resulting signal. It may be set by the user or automatically calculated depending on other signal parameters.

Scaling Section

 DAC Max

Multi-Tone waveforms may occupy a limited range of the DAC’s full scale. This parameter sets the maximum level. If set to a lower level than DAC Min, this will be automatically set to the same level. Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

 DAC Min

Multi-Tone waveforms may occupy a limited range of the DAC’s full scale. This parameter sets the minimum level. If set to a higher level than DAC Max, this will be automatically set to the same level. Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

Marker Mode

These controls are available when the “Single Channel with Marker” or “Dual Channel with Marker” mode is selected in the Output tab.

 Ch. 3 (Marker 1)

Marker 1 is output on Channel 3. Signaling the beginning of each segment may be activated (Segment selection) and deactivated (None selection).

 Ch. 4 (Marker 2)

Marker 2 is output on Channel 4. Signaling the beginning of each segment may be activated (Segment selection) and deactivated (None selection).

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 65

2 M8195A User Interface

66

Crest Factor Section

 It is an indicator only.

It shows the estimated PAPR for the current waveform in dB. Although the definition of the PAPR parameter is always the ratio between the peak and the average power for a signal, results change depending on the working mode.

For the I/Q Data Generation mode, the result reflects the PAPR of the envelope of the resulting signal while for direct generation it reflects the overall signal. The difference between the former and the latter values is close to +3dBs in most cases.

Preview Section

 Multi-Tone Preview Toolbar

The waveform preview toolbar includes the icons that provide different

functionality to preview the waveform. For details, see Waveform Preview

Toolbar .

Compilation and Panel Control Section

Save To File…

Signals can be stored in files either in BIN (for non IQ modes) or IQBIN (for IQ modes) formats. These files may be reused within the Import Waveform tab.

Send To Instrument

Signal will be transferred to the selected segments of the selected channels.

The previous running status for the target instrument will be preserved but sampling rate may be modified depending on the waveform requirements.

 Set Defaults

All the Multi-Tone waveform parameters are set automatically to their corresponding default values. Entries in the Arbitrary Tone table are not modified by this button.

Two control sections show-up for equally spaced tone definition (“Equispaced” selected in the Tone Distribution drop-down list): “Basic Multi-Tone Waveform Parameters” and

“Notch Parameters”.

Basic Multi-Tone Waveform Parameters Section

 Start Frequency

It is the frequency of the first tone. If it is set to a value higher than the one in the Stop Frequency field, this is changed back to the previous Start

Frequency.

 Stop Frequency

It is the frequency of the last tone. If it is set to a value lower than the one in the Stop Frequency field, this is changed back to the previous Stop Frequency.

 Spacing

It is an indicator only.

Spacing = (Stop Frequency – Start Frequency)/(# of Tones – 1).

# of Tones

It is the total number of tones in the Multi-Tone signal including the ones in the notch, if any.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

Phase Distribution

Phase for each tone can be set in the three different modes: constant, random, and parabolic. While constant phase Multi-Tone signals show a high crest factor, a random phase distribution results in a much lower value for this parameter while a parabolic distribution results in a close to optimal (or minimum) crest factor.

 Seed

This parameter is associated to the random phase distribution and allows generating the same or different random sequences for the phases of each tone. It is also useful to look for a distribution resulting in a desired crest factor value.

Notch Parameters Section

 Notch Active

This check box activates or deactivates the generation of a notch in the equally spaced Multi-Tone signal.

 Start Tone

It is the index of the first tone to be removed in a notch. Acceptable indexes start with 1.

 Stop Tone

It is the index of the last tone to be removed in a notch. Acceptable indexes start with 1.

 Center Frequency

It is an indicator only. The central frequency for the notch is computed and shown in this field.

 Span

It is an indicator only. The tone-free frequency span for the notch is computed and shown in this field.

Arbitrary Tones Section

Alternatively, an edition table shows-up for arbitrarily spaced tones definition

(“Arbitrary” selected in the Tone Distribution drop-down list). When not previously edited (or empty), the table is automatically loaded with the parameters of the tones defined in the equally spaced tone section. This allows for easy edition of individual tones or the creation of multiple notches, or both.

Parameters for each tone include its frequency (in Hz), its relative amplitude

(in dB), and phase (in degrees). Entries in the table may be added, edited, and deleted. Entries in the table may be also sorted in ascending or descending order of any parameter by clicking in the corresponding field name.

Addition of a new entry in the table must be done by editing the empty edition field located at the bottom of the table. Deletion of any number of entries can be performed by selecting the ones to be deleted and then hitting the <Del> key of the keyboard. Meaningful numeric values must be typed into the edition fields. Otherwise an error condition is triggered. While a valid frequency entry must be always entered, any of the amplitude and phase edition fields may kept empty so they take the default values (0.0 dB for Amplitude and 0.0 degrees for Phase).

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 67

2 M8195A User Interface

Figure 19: Multi-Tone waveform tab, arbitrary tone distribution

68 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

2.12 Complex Modulated Waveform Tab

Use this tab to create baseband and IF/RF digitally modulated signals. User-defined corrections may be applied to signals to compensate for (or emulate) instrument, interconnections and channel linear distortions. The complex modulation tab allows you to generate both RF and Baseband (I/Q) signals. It directly supports a large variety of signal-carrier modulation schemes. This is a list of the currently supported standards, modulation orders, and modulation parameters:

 ASK (Amplitude Shift Keying): Modulation Index (0%-100%).

PSK (Phase Shift Keying): BPSK, QPSK, π/4-QPSK, Offset-QPSK (O-QPSK),

8-PSK, and 3π/8-8PSK (EDGE).

 QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation): 8QAM, 16QAM, 32QAM, 64QAM,

128QAM, 256QAM, 512QAM, and 1024QAM.

MSK (Minimum Shift Keying)

APSK (Amplitude-Phase Shift Keying): 16APSK and 32 APSK. R2/R1 and

R3/R1 can be set by the user to any desired value.

 STAR: STAR16 and STAR32. The R2/R1 parameter may be set for the STAR16 modulation scheme.

VSB (Vestigial Side Band): 8VSB and 16VSB.

 FSK (Frequency Shift Keying): 2FSK, 4FSK, 8FSK, and 16FSK. Peak deviation frequency may be set by the user to any desired value.

 Custom: Users may define arbitrary constellations through simple ASCII files that may be read by the SFP application. Modulations with offset (Q delayed by half a symbol time) and rotating constellations may be also defined.

Pulse Shaping type, characteristics, and different data options may be selected by the user. The panel provides a constellation preview functionality, which can be used to validate the selected modulation scheme and the corresponding modulation parameters. The application takes care of handling the requirements and limits of the target hardware with respect to maximum and minimum record lengths, sampling rate, and record length granularity. As a result, generation of the signals designed in this tab will always be feasible by the instrument and free of distortions such as wrap-around or timing artifacts at any signal domain (time, frequency, and modulation), even if the signal is generated in looped mode.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 69

2 M8195A User Interface

70

Figure 20: Complex modulated waveform tab

Only relevant parameters and edition fields are shown in the GUI at any time depending on the selected generation mode (RF or I/Q) and modulation scheme.

Waveform Destination Section

Generate I/Q Data

If checked baseband (I/Q) signals will be generated.

 I/Q Toggle buttons

I/Q selection toggle buttons for each channel will be shown when the

Generate I/Q Data checkbox is checked. In-Phase (I) and Quadrature (Q) components can be independently assigned to each channel.

 Apply Offset Freq.

This checkbox is only active for the I/Q Data Generation mode and it applies a frequency shift to the signal according to the ‘Offset Freq.’ edition field.

Frequency shift, unlike carrier frequency, may be positive or negative.

Spectrum Reversed

This checkbox must be selected for generation of signals in the second

Nyquist band (FS/2 – FS). Its effect is the reversion of the fundamental signal

(in the 1st Nyquist Band) in the frequency domain. It also reverses the effect of any correction so correction factors obtained for the second Nyquist band will be applied appropriately.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

 Channel

Independent checkboxes allow the definition of waveforms for Channel 1,

Channel 2, Channel 3 or Channel 4.. One of the boxes will be always checked.

When pressing the ‘Send To Instrument’ button, the waveform is sent to all channels that are checked.

 Segment Number

Target segment for each channel can be defined independently. This field is configurable only for channels sourced from ‘extended’ memory. The segment range is 1 to 16777216. For channels sourced from ‘Internal’ memory, the segment is always set to 1, and it displays the text ‘Internal’.

Modulation Parameters Section

Mod. Scheme

This drop-down list selects the different modulation scheme categories that are supported (see list above).

Mod. Type/Mod. Order

This drop-down list selects the different modulation orders or modulation scheme sub-types for the selected modulation scheme category.

Carrier Freq. / Offset Freq.

The purpose and labeling of this edition field changes depending on the generation mode. For the direct RF generation mode, it handles the carrier frequency while for the I/Q Data Generation mode it deals with the offset

frequency (see the Apply Offset Freq.

control). Units in both cases are in Hz.

 Symbol Rate

This edition field must be used to enter the signaling speed (or baud rate) for the modulated signal expressed in Bauds (1 Baud = 1 Symbol/s).

 Mod. Index(%)

This edition field only shows up when the ASK modulation scheme is selected.

It sets the modulation index as a percentage for the signal.

 R2/R1 Ratio

This edition field only shows up when the 16APSK, 32APSK, and 16STAR modulation schemes are selected. It sets the ratio between the radius of the two inner symbol rings in the constellation.

 R3/R1 Ratio

This edition field only shows up when the 32APSK modulation scheme is selected. It sets the ratio between the radius of the outer and the most internal symbol rings in the constellation.

Freq. Dev.

This edition field only shows up when the FSK modulation schemes are selected. It sets the peak frequency deviation in Hz.

Mod. File..

This button only shows up when ‘Custom’ modulation scheme is selected. It opens a file selection window where modulation definition files may be selected. If a valid file is selected, its name will show up in the text field located at the left of this button. Otherwise, a “File Loading Error” message is shown.

 Pulse Shaping

This drop-down list can select different pulse shaping to be applied to the baseband symbols; choices are ‘Root Raised Cosine’, ‘Raised Cosine’,

‘Gaussian’, ‘Rectangular’, ‘None‘, ‘EDGE’, and ‘Half Sine’.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 71

2 M8195A User Interface

72

Notes:

 The default pulse shape is ‘Gaussian’.

 The filter types ‘None’ and ‘Rectangular’ define the pulse shape in time domain. These filter types can only be applied for integer oversampling.

Examples: Filter type ‘None’ with 4 times oversampling generates one sample with the actual value followed by 3 samples with a value of zero

(Dirac-Pulse). The filter type ‘Rectangular’ with 4 times oversampling generates 4 identical sample values.

 The filter types ‘Root Raised Cosine’, ‘Raised Cosine’, ‘Gaussian’, ‘EDGE’, and ‘Half Sine’ describe the filter shape in frequency domain.

 Alpha / BT

The meaning and labeling of this edition field depends on the selected pulse shaping. For “Nyquist” filters (Raised Cosine and Square Root of Raised

Cosine) it is the ‘Alpha’ parameter (or roll-off factor) of the filter. For Gaussian filters it is the BT (Bandwidth/symbol period product) parameter. Some filter types do not require an additional filter parameter.

 Data Source

This drop-down list allows the selection of different pseudo random binary sequences as data sources for modulation. Choices are PRBS7 (Polynomial x

7

+x

6

+1), PRBS10 (Polynomial x

10

+x

7

+1), PRBS11 (Polynomial x

11

+x

9

+1),

PRBS15 (Polynomial x 15 +x 14 +1), PRBS23 (Polynomial x 23 +x 18 +1), PRBS23p

(Polynomial x

23

+x

21

+x

18

+x

15

+x

7

+x

2

+1), and PRB31 (Polynomial x

31

+x

28

+1).

 Data Length

This edition field may be used to set a given data length to be implemented by the modulated signal. This field defaults to the maximum non-repeating length of the selected PRBS. It also defaults to this value if the user types ‘0’ (Zero).

Otherwise, the sequence will be truncated when the number of bits set by this control is reached. If this number is longer than the PRBS maximum length, the sequence will be re-started as many times as necessary.

I/Q Delay

This numeric edition field allows for the definition of the time skew between the I and the Q baseband components. It can be used to compensate or emulate timing misalignments caused by cabling, external modulators and other devices. This control is activated only when the Generate I/Q Data checkbox is selected. Delay is applied differentially to both components.

 Gray Coding

This checkbox enables gray coding for the applicable modulation modes.

Corrections Section

File…

Opens a correction file selection dialog box. Default file extension is CSV

(Comma-Separated Values). The name of the successfully loaded correction factors file is shown in the field located at the left of this button. The accepted

format for correction files may be found in the Correction File Format

section.

 Channel Specific Frequency and Phase Response

This checkbox activates the application of corrections based on frequencydomain calibration data stored in the target instrument in non-volatile memory. It improves flatness and linear phase distortions.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

 Standard Cable

This checkbox activates the application of correction factors based on a typical high-quality, high-bandwidth 0.85m cable (Huber+Suhner type M8041-

61616).

Additional Waveform Parameters Section

Waveform Length

It is an indicator only. The length is in samples of the resulting segment.

 Max. Length

Maximum waveform length must be used to force the resulting waveform to be shorter or equal to a limit set by the user.

 Keep Sample Rate

This check box preserves the sampling rate to a user-defined value irrespective of any other defined signal parameter. Keeping the sampling rate to a fixed value may be necessary when multiple waveforms are created for usage in a sequence or scenario. The “Set WL to Max” check box gets activated when this check box is checked

 Set WL to Max

This checkbox is only available when “Keep Sample Rate” is selected. When this option is selected, the waveform calculation algorithm always takes the maximum waveform length as defined in the “Max. Wfm. Length”. As the waveform length must always be identical for all four channels, it is recommended to check the “Set WL to Max” box in case different waveforms shall be downloaded to different channels.

Sample Rate

It is the final DAC conversion rate for the resulting signal. It may be set by the user or automatically calculated depending on other signal parameters.

Marker Mode

These controls are available when the “Single Channel with Marker” or “Dual Channel with Marker” mode is selected in the Output tab.

Ch. 3 (Marker 1)

Marker 1 is output on Channel 3. Signaling the beginning of each segment may be activated (Segment selection) and deactivated (None selection).

 Ch. 4 (Marker 2)

Marker 2 is output on Channel 4. Signaling the beginning of each segment may be activated (Segment selection) and deactivated (None selection).

Scaling Section

 DAC Max

Standard waveforms may occupy a limited range of the DAC’s full scale. This parameter sets the maximum level. If set to a lower level than DAC Min, this will be automatically set to the same level. Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

 DAC Min

Standard waveforms may occupy a limited range of the DAC’s full scale. This parameter sets the minimum level. If set to a higher level than DAC Max, this will be automatically set to the same level. Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 73

2 M8195A User Interface

Constellation Diagram Section

The constellation diagram section shows a graphic representation of the ideal constellation corresponding to the selected modulation scheme and modulation parameters. It also shows the location of symbols from valid modulation definition files for validation. The line above the constellation diagram shows the following modulation parameters:

 BPS (Bits Per Symbol)

 Per symbol rotation angle (in degrees)

 I/Q delay (in symbol times)

Compilation and Panel Control Section

 Save To File…

Signals can be stored in files in whether BIN (for non IQ modes) or IQBIN (for

IQ modes) formats. These files may be reused within the Import Waveform tab.

Send To Instrument

Signal will be transferred to the selected segments of the selected channels.

The previous running status for the target instrument will be preserved but sampling rate may be modified depending on the waveform requirements.

 Set Defaults

All the waveform parameters are set automatically to their corresponding default values.

 Abort

This button allows canceling signal calculation at any moment. It only shows up during signal compilation.

74 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

Custom Modulation File

Format

A custom modulation file is an ASCII delimited file including all the information required to define a single carrier modulated signal based in quadrature (IQ) modulation. The file must be composed of a header including a series of lines with identifiers and parameters, and a list of numerical correction factors. For lines including more than one item (i.e. one identifier and one parameter), those must be separated using commas.

Identifiers and parameters are not case sensitive. These are the significant fields for the header:

#N: This is a mandatory field and it must be the first in the file. The N parameter is the bits per symbol parameter. 0<N<11.

 Offset: It indicates if the Q component must be delayed by half a symbol time respect to the I component. Accepted parameters are ‘yes’ or ‘no’. This parameter is optional. It defaults to ‘no’ if not included in the file.

 Rotation: It sets the rotation of the constellation for each consecutive symbol in degrees. This parameter is optional. It defaults to 0.0 if not included in the file.

 RotMode: Rotation mode. Parameter may be ‘cont’ (continuous) or ‘alt’

(alternate). This parameter is optional. It defaults to ‘cont’ if not included in the file.

 Vsb: It indicates that vestigial side band baseband filtering must be applied.

Accepted parameters are ‘yes’ or ‘no’. This parameter is optional. It defaults to

‘no’ if not included in the file.

The order of the above entries is not relevant except for the ‘#N’ field that must be placed first in the file. The symbol location section starts with a line including the ‘IQ’ characters (not case-sensitive). Entries in this section are made by IQ pairs separated by commas. The number of entries must be at least 2 N although additional entries will be ignored. Data to symbol mapping depends on the order of the symbols in the file so its position expressed in binary format corresponds to the binary code assigned to that symbol. Comments must start with the ‘//’ character sequence and may use a complete line or be located at the end of any valid line (including the first line). Empty lines are also valid.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 75

2 M8195A User Interface

The following example illustrates a simple example of a 3 bit per symbol QAM8 modulation with a particular constellation.

#3 // MyModulationFile

Iq

// Inner symbols

2.0, 0.0

0.0, -2.0

-2.0, 0.0

0.0, 2.0

// Outer symbols

3.0, 3.0

-3.0, 3.0

-3.0, -3.0

3.0, -3.0 // Final symbol

The above file does not include any unnecessary line in the header as it defines a nonrotating, non-offset modulation so default values for these fields are used instead. The resulting constellation after loading this file is shown as following:

76 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

The following example illustrates another possible use of custom modulation to define a distorted constellation. In this particular case, a O-QPSK modulation with a quadrature error (non-perpendicular I and Q axis) is defined:

#2

Offset, yes iq

1.05, 1.05

-0.95, 0.95

-1.05, -1.05

0.95, -0.95

The above file includes a line to indicate that this is an offset modulation. The resulting constellation after loading this file is shown as following:

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 77

2 M8195A User Interface

The following is a more complex example:

#3

Offset, no

Rotation, 10.0

RotMODE, cont iq

1.0, 0.0

2.0, 0.0

0.0 ,1.0

0.0, 2.0

-1.0, 0.0

-2.0, 0.0

0.0, -1.0

0.0 ,-2.0

The above file is composed of a header with relevant information. In this particular case, the file contains 8 (2

3

) IQ pairs. The ‘IQ’ characters indicate the starting point for the symbol location list composed by 8 lines with I/Q pairs separated by commas. I and Q will not be delayed (‘Offset, no’) and constellation will rotate by 10.0 degrees (‘Rotation,

10.0’) in a continuous fashion (‘RotMODE, cont’). In fact, the ‘Offset’ and ‘RotMode’ fields could be removed without any effect on the final signal as these fields take the default values. The resulting constellation after loading this file is shown as following:

78 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

2.13 Serial Data Waveform Tab

Use this tab to create single lane and multilane bi-level and multi-level high-speed digital serial signals and clocks. User-defined corrections may be applied to signals to compensate for (or emulate) instrument, interconnections and interconnect linear distortions. The serial data tab allows you to generate both data and clock signals. It directly supports a large variety of channel coding and modulation schemes. This is a list of the currently supported modulation and channel coding formats:

 NRZ (Not Return to Zero).

 Unipolar RZ (Return to Zero).

Polar RZ (Return to Zero).

 PAM-4 (Pulse-Amplitude Modulation, 4 level)

 PAM-5 (Pulse-Amplitude Modulation, 5 level)

PAM-8 (Pulse-Amplitude Modulation, 8 level)

 PAM-10 (Pulse-Amplitude Modulation, 10 level)

 PAM-12 (Pulse-Amplitude Modulation, 12 level)

 PAM-16 (Pulse-Amplitude Modulation, 16 level)

Users can set the bit/signaling rate, basic pulse shape characteristics, and transition time. Any AWG channel may be selected to generate either a serial signal or a :2 or :4 synchronous clock. A series of standard PRBS sequences with different lengths may be selected in order to produce realistic traffic and to allow bit-error rate testing with standard BER testers. Signals may be corrected for cabling and the AWG frequency response in a channel by channel basis. Additionally, external correction data may be applied to account for the distortions added by additional cabling, passive or active system blocks or test fixturing. Channel to channel skew can be also adjusted with resolutions as low as 100 fs. A variety of Jitter and SSC (Spread Spectrum Clock) profiles can be added to serial data and clock waveforms. Link characteristics can also be emulated. Gaussian noise injection, low-pass filtering and S-parameter-based embedding/de-embedding can be set-up in order to emulate or compensate interconnections and test fixturings. Finally, a 10-taps (5 pre-cursor and five postcursor) de-emphasis filter is available. An Eye Diagram preview display is shown on the right hand side of the tab. With the help of this Eye diagram display all the physical characteristics of the output waveform and the effects of all the impairments added to it can be easily observed and interactively adjusted. The application takes care of handling the requirements and limits of the target hardware with respect to maximum and minimum record lengths, sampling rate, and record length granularity. As a result, generation of the signals designed in this tab will always be feasible by the instrument and free of distortions such as wrap-around or timing artifacts at any signal domain

(time, frequency, and modulation), even if the signal is generated in looped mode.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 79

2 M8195A User Interface

80

Figure 21: Serial data waveform tab

Only relevant parameters and edition fields are shown in the GUI at any time depending on the selected channel coding scheme.

 Clock Toggle buttons

Data/clock selection toggle buttons for each channel. The Data(D), Clock:2

(C/2), and Clock:4 (C/4) can be independently assigned to each channel. The nominal timing for the 50% level in the rising edge for the clock signals is located in the center of the eye for the current symbol.

 Channel

Independent checkboxes allow the definition of waveforms for Channel 1,

Channel 2, Channel 3, or Channel 4. One of the boxes will be always checked.

When pressing the ‘Send To Instrument’ button, the corresponding waveforms are sent to all channels that are checked.

Segment Number

Target segment for each channel can be defined independently. This field is configurable only for channels sourced from ‘extended’ memory. The segment range is 1 to 16777216. For channels sourced from ‘Internal’ memory, the segment is always set to 1, and it displays the text ‘Internal’.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

Waveform Definition Section

The Waveform Definition section is organized in several tabs where controls are grouped by their functionality: Waveform, Corrections, Jitter + SSC, Link Emulation,

De-Emphasis.

Waveform Tab:

Physical Layer Section: Physical characteristics of the waveform can be set up in this section. These include the following controls:

Coding/Mod.

This drop-down list selects the different channel coding and modulation schemes that are supported (see list above). NRZ is the default selection.

 Bit/Signaling Rate

This edition field must be used to enter the signaling speed (or baud rate) for the modulated signal expressed in Bauds (1 Baud = 1 Symbol/s). Baud rate is equal to the bit rate for two-level line coding schemes. 4GBaud is the default value.

 Edge Shape

This drop-down list allows the selection of shape for the transitions (edges); choices are ‘Rectangular’, ‘Trapezoidal’ (linear), First Order’ (RC network),

‘Gaussian’, ‘Bessel Thompson’ (4th order Bessel-Thomson reference receiver filter), ‘Raised Cosine’ and ‘Root Raised Cosine’ (Square Root Raised Cosine).‘

Notes:

 The default edge shape is ‘Gaussian’.

 For clock signals (i.e. the Clock Toggle button is set to ‘C/2’ or ‘C/4’) the edge shape is always Gaussian.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 81

2 M8195A User Interface

82

 Thresholds

This drop-down list sets the level threshold convention for the measure rise/fall time parameters. Choices are ‘20%/80%’ and ‘10%/90%’. ‘20%/80%’ is the default selection for this control.

Rise Time (UI)

Rise/fall times can be set-up through this edition field. Time must be expressed in UIs (Unit Interval) as a fraction of the symbol duration. Rise time can be set up for all the edges shapes except for the Raised-Cosine and

Square Root of Raised-Cosine shapes. Rise time is fixed for clock signals to two sample periods in order to minimize clock jitter. 400mUI (0.4 UI) is the default value for this field.

 Alpha

This edition field only shows up when the Raised Cosine and Square-root of

Raised Cosine edge shapes are selected. With it, the excess bandwidth parameter (alpha) of the isolated pulses can be set up. Alpha = 1.0 is the default value.

 Inverted

This checkbox (if checked) reverses the polarity of the output waveform.

Default state is unchecked.

Data Section: The sequence of data to be generated can be set up in this section. To do so, the following controls are available:

Source

This drop-down list allows the selection of different pseudo random binary sequences as data sources for signal generation. Choices are PRBS 2

7

-1

(Polynomial x 7 +x 6 +1), PRBS 2 9 -1 (Polynomial x 9 +x 5 +1), PRBS 2 10 -1 (Polynomial x

10

+x

7

+1), PRBS 2

7

(Polynomial x

7

+x

6

+1), PRBS 2

9

(Polynomial x

9

+x

5

+1), PRBS

2 10 (Polynomial x 10 +x 7 +1), PRBS 2 11 (Polynomial x 11 +x 9 +1), and PRBS 2 15

(Polynomial x

15

+x

14

+1). The sequences are identified by its non-repeating length. The 2 x

sequences add an extra ‘0’ to the longest sequence of consecutive ‘0’ in the corresponding 2 x -1 sequence.

Seq. Length

This edition field may be used to set a given data length to be implemented by the modulated signal. This field defaults to the maximum non-repeating length of the selected PRBS. It also defaults to this value if the user types ‘0’ (Zero).

Otherwise, the sequence will be truncated when the number of bits set by this control is reached. If this number is longer than the PRBS maximum length, the sequence will be re-started as many times as necessary. The actual number of symbols (and record length) in the waveform memory will depend on the line coding/modulation and record length granularity requirements.

The simultaneous generation of a clock signal can also influence the actual sequence length as an integer number of clock cycles must be accommodated to keep its integrity (i.e. ISI distortion free characteristics).

 Seq. Shift

This numeric edition field adds a shift to the PRBS sequence being generated by each channel. In this way, uncorrelated data streams may be generated to simulate multi-lane links (i.e. to test the effects of crosstalk) or to emulate IQ baseband channels to feed electrical or optical coherent quadrature modulators. The shift added to each channel may be calculated (in bits) for each channel using the expression Shift = (Channel Number -1) * (Seq. Shift).

Unshifted PRBS sequences always start with the longest run of ‘1’ for that particular sequence.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

Corrections Tab:

The purpose of these controls is the correction (de-embedding) of different linear distortions and differential delays added by cabling and fixturing, PCB interconnections, etc.

The following controls are included:

Channel Specific Frequency and Phase Response

This checkbox activates the application of corrections based on frequencydomain calibration data stored in the target instrument in non-volatile memory. It improves flatness and linear phase distortions.

 Standard Cable

This checkbox activates the application of correction factors based on a typical high-quality, high-bandwidth 0.85m cable (Huber+Suhner type M8041-

61616).

 File…

Opens a correction file selection dialog box. Default file extension is CSV

(Comma-Separated Values). The name of the successfully loaded correction factors file is shown in the field located at the left of this button. The accepted

format for correction files may be found in the Correction File Format

section.

In particular, adaptive equalizer models obtained through the Keysight 89600

VSA software can be imported through this procedure to compensate for linear distortions added by any intermediate component, PCB trace, or cable.

To obtain this model, apply a NRZ signal with sufficient bandwidth to an 89600 equipped oscilloscope and export the resulting equalizer model. Isolated pulse characteristics of the waveform must be known by the 89600 software so it is advisable to calibrate the SUT (System Under Test) using a Raised-Cosine signal with alpha = 1 to maximize the nominal bandwidth for a given bitrate.

The 89600 software must be set up to analyze a BPSK signal with the same baud rate and baseband filter characteristics.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 83

2 M8195A User Interface

 CH1 Skew / CH2 Skew / CH3 Skew / CH4 Skew

These numeric fields can be used to set-up the absolute delay for each channel in seconds. The valid range for them is -100ps … +100ps. This feature may be used to control the skew of data and clock signals.

Jitter + SSC Tab:

This tab includes different sections to control a variety of the signal timing characteristics, the injection of several jitter profiles and timing impairments. Each timing control section can be enabled by checking the checkbox located at the top right corner of each section. In order to edit the parameters in each section and to activate their effects in the waveform being generated, the corresponding checkbox must be checked.

84

SSC Section: Spread-Spectrum Clock characteristics are defined in this section. The following controls are available:

SSC Profile: Sine, Square, Triangular, and Sawtooth profiles are available. SSC profiles are always symmetrical with respect to the nominal signaling rate.

 Dev(pkpk): The peak-to-peak symbol clock deviation is expressed in ppm

(parts per million) of the nominal (average) signaling rate .

Rep. Rate: This is the repetition rate for the active SSC profile and is expressed in in Hertz (Hz).

Sinusoidal Jitter Section: Up to ten components of sinusoidal jitter can be independently set-up in this section. As amplitude, frequency and phase can be individually defined for each component, more complex periodic patterns can be also defined through their Fourier series development. The following controls are available:

 Comp #: This combo box allows the selection of any of the ten components (1-

10) for edition. The rest of the controls in this section will be referred, then, to

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2 the component # visible in this control. For example; for component #1 you have certain values for Amplitude, Frequency and Phase. For component #2 you have other values for Amplitude, Frequency and Phase. Each component has its individual values for Amplitude, Frequency and Phase.

 Frequency: The sinusoidal component’s frequency is in Hertz (Hz).

 Amplitude: The amplitude of the current component is in Unit Intervals (UI) peak-to-peak.

Phase: The initial phase is in sexagesimal degrees for the current component.

Random Jitter Section: Gaussian random jitter is defined in this section. Random jitter is limited to some maximum value in every direction. Although the PDF (probability distribution function) of the jitter profile follows accurately the Gaussian distribution, the corresponding profile is implemented by embedding the timing deviations in the synthesized waveform, so the same jitter profile will be repeated if the waveform is generated continuously by looping the same segment. As a result, the statistical quality of the jitter distribution will improve with longer waveform lengths. The following controls are available:

 Bandwidth: The field controls the bandwidth of the random jitter profile expressed in Hertz (Hz). Many receivers can handle random jitter depending on its frequency contents. This is why jitter bandwidth can be limited. A lowpass filter with a gentle roll-off is applied to the random jitter profile. In order to save calculation time, filtering is done by creating a Gaussian random jitter profile sampled at twice the user-set bandwidth and then resampled by interpolating between samples. The result can be observed by executing spectral jitter analysis in some jitter analysis tool such as the Keysight EZJIT.

 Amplitude: This is the rms (root-mean square) amplitude of the random jitter

(1 sigma) and is expressed in Unit Intervals (UI).

 Crest Factor: This control allows for the random jitter profile clipping before low-pass filtering. It is expressed in dB as a ratio between the maximum peak and the rms value of the random jitter profile. For example: A crest factor of 0 dB corresponds to a peak-to-peak jitter of 2 times the rms value. A crest factor of 6 dB corresponds to a peak-to-peak jitter of 4 times the rms value.

The Crest Factor corresponds to the level set by an ideal Gaussian distribution.

Once the signal is clipped, the rms value of the jitter is modified, so the actual

Crest Factor is different. However, for big enough values, ideal and actual rms values are close, the larger the Crest Factor the closer they will be. A new value is calculated until it falls within the legal limits. In this way, peaks in the

PDF do not show up, but the actual rms value is lower.

The actual crest factor will be higher than this setting as bandwidth limiting is applied to the random jitter profile after clipping to make sure the desired bandwidth is preserved.

DCD Section: Duty Cycle Distortion (DCD) jitter can be set in this section. There are two types of impairments supported: “Classical” DCD, where there is a timing difference between “marks” and “spaces” in the symbol sequence, and F/2 jitter, where the duration of a symbol flips between two values from one symbol to the next. The following controls are available:

Amplitude: This is the peak-to-peak amplitude of the DCD jitter expressed in

Unit Intervals (UI).

 Mode: This combo box allows for the selection of the “Classical” DCD or F/2 jitter mode.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 85

2 M8195A User Interface

Link Emulation Tab:

In this tab, linear distortions and noise can be added to the waveforms to emulate the physical effects of interconnections and crosstalk. In addition to standard low-pass filters whose parameters can be set by the user, it is possible to import Touchstone files to embed or de-embed S-parameter responses obtained through frequency-domain or time-domain analysis instruments or directly synthesized by simulation tools. Each section in the tab can be independently enabled by checking the checkbox located at the top right corner of each section. Every corresponding checkbox must be checked to edit the parameters in each section and to activate their effects in the waveform being generated.

86

Noise Addition Section: Bandwidth-limited Additive White Gaussian Noise (AWGN) can be added to the waveform to emulate a plurality of interfering noise sources. Noise is always added to the waveform before applying any linear distortion found in this tab (so it will behave as a “near-end” noise). Although the PDF (probability distribution function) of the AWGN noise follows accurately the Gaussian distribution, the corresponding profile is implemented by adding the noise to the synthesized waveform, so the same noise will be repeated if the waveform is generated continuously by looping the same segment. As a result, the statistical quality of the jitter distribution will improve with longer waveform lengths. The following controls are available:

Noise BW: Bandwidth for the Gaussian noise can be set in Hertz (Hz).

Ampl(rms): Root-mean-square amplitude for noise is set as a percentage of the reference “low” to “high” excursion. Reference “low” and “high” amplitudes correspond to the final, steady level after a long run of consecutive “low” or

“high” states. These levels are not influenced by any low-pass or de-emphasis

filters applied to the waveform (see Figure 22 ), so it is used to establish an

absolute reference for relative amplitudes.

 Crest Factor: This parameter is expressed in dB relative to the rms amplitude of the noise. If the combined waveform (signal + noise) goes beyond the valid lower and upper limits, samples are clipped to the corresponding limit. The

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2 upper limit can be calculated by adding the Nominal “high” value and an additional headroom resulting from the Ampl(rms) parameter corrected by the

Crest Factor parameter. The lower limit can be symmetrically calculated in a

similar way from the Nominal “low” level (see Figure 22 ).

Figure 22: Clipping and noise amplitude

Low-Pass Filter Section: Brickwall, and first and second order low-pass filters can be applied to waveforms, so the effects of discrete components or distributed resistance, capacitance, and inductance in interconnections can be emulated. DC Gain for all filters is always 0dB so the amplitude of the reference “high” and “low” levels remain unchanged (see the Ampl(rms) control description in the Noise Addition Section). The activation of any Low-Pass Filter and the ISI Filter are mutually exclusive. The following controls are available:

 Filter Type: This combo box allows for the selection of brickwall, first order and second order low-pass filters.

 Cuttoff Freq.: This is a context sensitive control and it is available only for

Brickwall and First-Order filters (where it refers to the 3dB-attenuation frequency).

Ress. Freq.: This is a context sensitive control and it is available only for

Second-Order filters. The resonance frequency of the filter can be set through this control.

Q: This is a context sensitive control and it is available only for Second-Order filters. The Quality Factor (or Q Factor) can be set through this control.

ISI Filter Section: The purpose of this filter is the emulation of the effects of some hardware filters used in combination of traditional pattern generators to cause some controlled, traceable level of ISI (Inter Symbolic Interference). Gain at DC for all filters is always 0dB so the amplitude of the reference “high” and “low” levels remain unchanged

(see the Ampl(rms) control description in the Noise Addition Section). The activation of any Low-Pass Filter and the ISI Filter are mutually exclusive. The following control is available:

 Slope: ISI filter is modeled as a linear attenuation slope, expressed in dB, so it can be fully defined by setting up the filter’s slope and is expressed in dB/GHz units.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 87

2 M8195A User Interface

S-Parameter Embedding and De-Embedding Section: Embedding (emulating) or deembedding (compensating) the response of actual components or interconnections can be accomplished by importing S-parameter files in the Touchstone ® v1.1 and v2.0 formats. Files containing information for up to ten ports are supported.

The following controls are available:

 Usage: This combo box can be used to choose between embedding (embed) or de-embedding (deembed) the frequency response data from the imported

S-parameter file.

 Cascading F: The cascading factor allows for the emulation of multiple cascaded identical blocks from the description of a single block. For PCB traces or cables, this control can be used to simulate the effects of sections of a different length to the one characterized in the imported file.

 Indexes: These two combo boxes allow for the selection of the right parameter within the S-parameter matrix. It is not possible to select a parameter relative to a single port so the contents of the two combo boxes cannot be identical. If available in the imported file, physical information about the selected ports is shown. For hybrid S-Parameter files, the type of parameter being defined (S for Single-Ended, C for Common Mode, and D for Differential Mode) and the associated physical ports is also listed.

 File: This button opens a file selection dialog box. Default extensions for files is

“*.s?p” so most standard v1.1 and v2.0 Touchstone ® files will be automatically shown. If importing the file is successful, the name of the file will be shown in the text field next to this control and some basic information about the file is shown in the line over it. This information includes the number of factors (frequency entries) in the file and the identification information for the physical ports related to the the selected S-parameter.

De-Emphasis Tab:

The De-Emphasis tab can be used to generate complex emphasis filters. It allows you to define up to five post-cursor and 5 pre-cursor taps. An interactive graph located at the bottom of the tab shows the step response corresponding to the defined filter. A checkbox located at the upper right corner of the tap enables/disables the application of the de-emphasis filter to the symbol sequence in the waveform and the edition of the associated controls.

Definitions for tap levels are derived from the N4916B De-emphasis Signal Converter data sheet (see http://literature.cdn.keysight.com/litweb/pdf/5990-4630EN.pdf

).

88 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

The following controls are available:

 Pre-cursor Taps #-1/#-5: Pre-cursor taps can be edited from tap #-1 (the closest to the transition) up to tap #-5.

 Post-cursor Taps #1/#5: Post-cursor taps can be edited from tap #1 (the closest to the transition) up to tap #5.

Additional Waveform Parameters Section

 Waveform Length

It is an indicator only. The length is in samples of the resulting segment.

Max. Length

Maximum waveform length must be used to force the resulting waveform to be shorter or equal to a limit set by the user.

Keep Sample Rate

This check box preserves the sampling rate to a user-defined value irrespective of any other defined signal parameter. Keeping the sampling rate to a fixed value may be necessary when multiple waveforms are created for usage in a sequence or scenario. The “Set WL to Max” check box gets activated when this check box is checked

Set WL to Max

This checkbox is only available when “Keep Sample Rate” is selected. When this option is selected, the waveform calculation algorithm always takes the maximum waveform length as defined in the “Max. Wfm. Length” field. As the waveform length must always be identical for all four channels, it is recommended to check the “Set WL to Max” box in case different waveforms from different SGFP tabs shall be downloaded to different channels. Record length are calculated to contain an integer number of complete PRBS sequences except when the “Set WL to Max” is checked. In this case the number of symbols in the resulting waveform will be the closest integer for the

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 89

2 M8195A User Interface

90 signaling rate set by the user. As a result, signaling rate will be adjusted, if necessary, so it is consistent with the resulting time window (Time Window =

Record Length * Sampling Rate).

Sample Rate

Indicator only. It is the final DAC conversion rate for the resulting signal. It is automatically calculated depending on other signal parameters if the “Keep

Sample Rate” checkbox is not checked.

Marker Mode

These controls are available when the “Single Channel with Marker” or “Dual Channel with Marker” mode is selected in the Output tab.

 Ch. 3 (Marker 1)

Marker 1 is output on Channel 3. Signaling the beginning of each segment may be activated (Segment selection) and deactivated (None selection).

 Ch. 4 (Marker 2)

Marker 2 is output on Channel 4. Signaling the beginning of each segment may be activated (Segment selection) and deactivated (None selection).

Scaling Section

DAC Max

Standard waveforms may occupy a limited range of the DAC’s full scale. This parameter sets the maximum level. If set to a lower level than DAC Min, this will be automatically set to the same level. Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

 DAC Min

Standard waveforms may occupy a limited range of the DAC’s full scale. This parameter sets the minimum level. If set to a higher level than DAC Max, this will be automatically set to the same level. Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

Compilation and Panel Control Section

 Save To File

Signals can be stored in files in BIN format. These files may be reused within the Import Waveform tab.

The waveform is always saved without applying corrections. Also, the waveform of the data signal (Clock

Toggle button is set to ‘D’) and not the clock signal (Clock

Toggle button is set to ‘C/2’ or ‘C/4’) is saved.

Send To Instrument

Signal will be transferred to the selected segments of the selected channels.

The previous running status for the target instrument will be preserved but sampling rate may be modified depending on the waveform requirements.

 Set Defaults

All the waveform parameters are set automatically to their corresponding default values.

 Abort

This button allows canceling signal calculation at any moment. It only shows up during signal compilation.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

2.13.1 Bitmapping for Binary Data to PAM Signals

This section describes how the binary data of the data source (e.g. a PRBS) is mapped to the different levels of a PAM-4, PAM-5, PAM-8, PAM-10, PAM-12 or

PAM-16 signal.

Definition:

 A PAM-n signal has n levels.

The level number 1 is associated with the low level.

The level number n is associated with the high level.

Table 10: PAM4

2

1

Level number

4

3

Binary data (‘Inverted’ not checked) Binary data (‘Inverted’ checked)

11 00

10 01

01

00

10

11

Table 11: PAM8

2

1

5

4

3

7

6

Level number

8

Binary data (‘Inverted’ not checked) Binary data (‘Inverted’ checked)

111 000

110

101

001

010

100

011

010

011

100

101

001

000

110

111

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 91

2 M8195A User Interface

4

3

6

5

2

1

8

7

10

9

13

12

11

Level number

16

15

14

Table 12: PAM16

1001

1000

0111

0110

0101

0100

0011

0010

0001

0000

Binary data (‘Inverted’ not checked) Binary data (‘Inverted’ checked)

1111 0000

1110

1101

0001

0010

1100

1011

1010

0011

0100

0101

0110

0111

1000

1001

1010

1011

1100

1101

1110

1111

 PAM-5: Two bits of the binary data are used. The same mapping as for the

PAM-4 modulation is applied to get the 4 outer levels. The level in the middle is generated randomly with 1/5th probability.

 PAM-10 (or PAM-12): 4 bits of the binary data are used. This gives 16 possible levels. However, only 10 (or 12) values are needed. If the value is lower than 10 (or 12), direct mapping is applied. If the value is equal to or greater than 10 (or 12), random mapping is applied to any of the valid 10

(or 12) levels.

92 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

2.14 Import Waveform Tab

Use this tab to perform the functions such as importing, scaling, and resampling waveform files in a variety of formats for their generation by the M8195A arbitrary waveform generator. It provides the controls which allow the complete definition of

signal processing parameters for the waveform file format (For details, see Description ).

Depending on the file format and contents, information regarding the original sampling rate of the input waveforms can be extracted and re-used within the import tool.

Resampling is performed so no images or aliases show up in the resampled waveform.

Figure 23: Import waveform tab

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 93

2 M8195A User Interface

94

This tab has the following controls and indicators:

Input File Section

 File Format

For details on the available file format, see Description .

Sample waveform data files are available in different formats as listed in

the Table 13 .

These files can be simply imported using the Input File section and can be sent to the instrument to view the waveform preview. The sample waveform data can be found at the location: Start > All Programs > Keysight M8195 >

Keysight M8195 Examples

The following are the steps to view the sample data file waveform preview:

1 Select the Show Next Waveform Preview check box.

2 Select the required File Format from the drop-down list.

3 Click File…

4 In the Open dialog box, select the sample waveform file (as per selected file format)

5 Click Open.

6 Click Send to Instrument.

Table 13: Sample waveform data files

File format

TXT

BIN

BIN8

BIN6030

BIN5110

IQBIN

SignalStudioEncrypted

MAT89600

CSV

DSA90000

Waveform data file

Sin10MHzAt64GHz.txt

Sin10MHzAt64GHz.bin

Sin10MHzAt64GHz.bin8

Sin10MHzAt64GHz.bin6030

SinDelta10MHzIQ.bin5110

SinDelta10MHzIQ.iqbin

IEEE802_11ac_160MHz_5250MHz.wfm

Sin10MHzAt64GHz.mat89600

Sin10MHzAt64GHz.csv

Sin10MHzAt64GHz.dsa90000

 N5110 Data With Embedded Marker Bits

This checkbox is only enabled, if the File Format is BIN5110. If checked, the

BIN5110 format with 14-bit data for I and Q and embedded marker bits is used. If unchecked, the BIN5110 format with 16-bit data for I and Q and no marker bits is used.

 File…

Open a file selection dialog. Default file extensions match the File Format selection. Successful loading of a waveform updates multiple information fields through the panel reflecting the waveform settings and a graph of the waveform is shown in the preview display.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

Data Read From Input File Header Section

 Sample Rate From File

Indicator only. It shows the input waveform sample rate, if any, contained in the loaded file. If no sample rate is specified “n.a.” (not available) is shown.

 Use As Source Sample Rate

This checkbox assigns the sample rate specified in the file as the Source

Sample Rate used for resampling.

 Carrier Frequency From File

Indicator only. It shows the input waveform carrier frequency, if any, contained in the loaded file. If no carrier frequency is specified “n.a.” (not available) is shown.

 Data Type

This is the organization of samples within the file. It may be Single (real-only waveform) or IQ (complex waveforms).

 Spectrum Reversed

This checkbox is only active for complex (IQ) waveforms. It results in an imported signal which is the complex conjugate of the input signal, thus its spectrum will be reversed.

Data Columns

It shows the internal organization of the file regarding waveforms. It can show from one column (Y1) up to 4 (Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4).

 Marker Columns

It shows the internal organization of the file regarding markers. It can show from one column (M1) up to 4 (M1, M2, M3, M4).

Waveform Destination Section

Channel

Independent checkboxes allow to import waveforms for Channel 1, Channel 2,

Channel 3 or Channel 4. One of the boxes is always checked. If the file contains only one waveform, when pressing the ‘Send To Instrument’ button, the waveform is sent to all channels that are checked.

If the file contains multiple waveforms (file types MAT89600 and CSV), they can be sent to multiple channels in one operation.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 95

2 M8195A User Interface

96

The following two tables show the standard column-to-channel mapping for the case of no additional data header in the CSV file or no reordering of the column names in the

MAT89600 file.

Table 14: Standard column-to-channel mapping in four-channel mode

Number of columns in file for real values

1.

2.

3.

4.

Import and download to M8195A, when corresponding channel box is checked

Column 1 to Ch 1 and Ch 2 and Ch 3 and Ch4

Column 1 to Ch 1 and Column 2 to Ch 2

Column 1 to Ch 1 and Column 2 to Ch 2 and Column 3 to

Ch 3

Column 1 to Ch 1 and Column 2 to Ch 2 and Column 3 to

Ch 3 and Column 4 to Ch 4

Table 15: Standard Column to channel mapping in two-channel mode

Number of columns in file for real values

1.

2.

3.

4.

Import and download to M8195A, when corresponding channel box is checked

Column 1 to Ch 1 and Ch4

Column 1 to Ch 1 and Column 2 to Ch 4

Column 1 to Ch 1 and Column 2 to Ch 4, Column 3 is ignored

Column 1 to Ch 1 and Column 2 to Ch 4, Column 3 and 4 are ignored

For MAT89600 file and CSV file with data header, the mapping shown below applies:

Table 16: Modified column-to-channel mapping in four-channel mode

Name of column

Y1

Y2

Y3

Y4

Import and download to M8195A, when corresponding channel box is checked

Ch 1

Ch 2

Ch 3

Ch 4

Table 17: Modified column-to-channel mapping in two-channel mode

Name of column

Y1

Y2

Y3

Y4

Import and download to M8195A, when corresponding channel box is checked

Ch 1

Ch 4 ignored

Ch 4, if Y2 is not present; ignored, if Y2 is present

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

 I/Q Toggle buttons

I/Q selection toggle buttons for each channel will be shown when the file containing an I/Q waveform is selected for import. In-Phase (I) and Quadrature

(Q) components can be independently assigned to each channel.

Generate I/Q Data

This checkbox is only enabled for the import of Signal Studio encrypted files.

If checked, baseband (I/Q) signals will be generated.

Segment Number

Target segment for each channel can be defined independently. This field is configurable only for channels sourced from ‘extended’ memory. The segment range is 1 to 16777216. For channels sourced from ‘Internal’ memory, the segment is always set to 1, and it displays the text ‘Internal’.

Resampling Section

Resampling Mode

It controls the way waveforms are imported and resampled. Please refer to the

description of the Resampling Methodology

and Resampling Modes in the

Appendix chapter. The following modes are available:

 None: Baseband Sample Rate will be the same as the Source Sampling

Rate. The output waveform will use the same number of samples as the selected portion of the input waveform. Granularity requirements will be met by repeating the basic waveform the minimum number of times so the combined length is a multiple of the granularity for the current DAC mode.

 Timing: The time window of the input signal (Waveform Length / Sample

Rate) will be used to calculate the best value for the output record length being a multiple of the granularity for the current DAC mode according to the output sampling rate defined by the user. Final output sampling rate will be slightly adjusted to accurately keep the timing of the original signal.

 Output_SR: The user-defined output sampling rate will be used to calculate the best value for the output record length being a multiple of the granularity for the current DAC mode according to the time window of the input signal. Final time window will be slightly adjusted to keep the selected output sampling rate. This change is reflected in the Source

Sampling Rate numeric entry field value.

 Output_RL: The user-defined output Waveform Length will be used to calculate the best value for the output Sample Rate according to the time window of the input signal. Waveform Length will be adjusted to the nearest multiple of the granularity for the current DAC mode according to the time window of the input signal.

 Zero_Padding: Output Waveform Length is calculated based on the input waveform time window and the user-defined output sampling rate. The resulting waveform length will not be, in general, a multiple of the granularity. To meet the granularity conditions, a number of zero samples are added until the combined number of samples is a multiple of the granularity. Output Sample Rate will be slightly adjusted to keep the input waveform time window.

 Truncate: Output Waveform Length is calculated based on the input waveform time window and the user-defined output sampling rate. The resulting waveform length will not be, in general, a multiple of the granularity. To meet the granularity conditions, a number of samples is removed until the resulting number of samples is a multiple of the

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 97

2 M8195A User Interface

98 granularity. Output Sample Rate will be slightly adjusted to keep the input waveform time window.

 Repeat: Output Waveform Length is calculated based on the input waveform time window and the user-defined output sampling rate. The resulting waveform length will not be, in general, a multiple of the granularity. To meet the granularity conditions, the base waveform is repeated the minimum number of times so the overall number of samples is a multiple of the granularity. Output Sample Rate will be slightly adjusted to keep the input waveform time window. The Waveform Length field will show the length of the combined waveform.

 Waveform Length

It shows the number of samples of the resampled output waveform. It can be set when Resampling Mode is Output_RL. Otherwise, this field is an indicator.

 Source Sample Rate

The speed at which samples in the input waveform are sampled. It can be set by typing a valid value unless the "Use As Source Sample Rate" checkbox is checked. In this particular case, the sampling rate information contained in the input waveform file will be always used.

Baseband Sample Rate

The speed at which samples in the output waveform will be converted. It can be set in all Resampling Modes except for the Output_RL mode.

Start Sample

This field can be used to select the starting sample of the section of the input waveform to be imported. It cannot be set to a value higher than the Stop

Sample.

 Stop Sample

This field can be used to select the final sample of the section of the input waveform to be imported. It cannot be set to a value lower than the Start

Sample.

 Carrier Frequency

This field is only enabled for the import of Signal Studio encrypted files with

“Generate I/Q Data” unchecked. It contains the frequency, to which the Signal

Studio baseband data is up-converted.

Carrier Scale

This field is only enabled for the import of Signal Studio encrypted files with

“Generate I/Q Data” unchecked. It contains a scaling value, that is applied to the samples after up-conversion before they are written to the AWG memory.

 Optimize Carrier Scale

This checkbox is only enabled for the import of Signal Studio encrypted files with “Generate I/Q Data” unchecked. If checked, an optimal scaling factor is computed, so that the up-converted signal uses the whole DAC range. If unchecked, the Carrier Scale value is used.

Scaling Section

 Scale

This checkbox controls the way the output waveform will be scaled. If unchecked, the output waveform samples will not be re-scaled. Sample levels over +1.0 or under -1.0 will be clipped.

 DAC Max

Imported waveforms may occupy a limited range of the DAC’s full scale. This parameter sets the maximum level. If set to a lower level than DAC Min, this

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2 will be automatically set to the same level. Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

 DAC Min

DAC Max: Imported waveforms may occupy a limited range of the DAC’s full scale. This parameter sets the minimum level. If set to a higher level than DAC

Max, this will be automatically set to the same level. Acceptable range for this parameter is -1/+1, being the full dynamic range of the instrument’s DAC.

Preview Section

 Waveform Preview Toolbar

The waveform preview toolbar includes the icons which provide different

functionality to preview the waveform. For details, see Waveform Preview

Toolbar .

 Show Next Waveform Preview

This checkbox affects the behavior of the preview for the next waveform.

If selected, a preview of the imported waveform is displayed. Leave this checkbox unselected to speed up the import of large waveforms.

Save To File…

Signals can be stored in files in whether BIN (for non IQ modes) or IQBIN (for

IQ modes) formats. These files may be reused within the Import Waveform tab.

Send To Instrument

Signal will be transferred to the selected segments of the selected channels.

The previous running status for the target instrument will be preserved but sampling rate may be modified depending on the waveform requirements.

 Set Defaults

All the imported waveform parameters are set automatically to their corresponding default values.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 99

2 M8195A User Interface

2.15 Sequence/Control Tab

Use this tab to create a sequence with one or more (upto 16M) sequence entries. The characteristics of a sequence depend on the parameters’ values of the constituent entries. This tab allows to create, configure, and send new sequence configuration to the instrument, and also to extract the existing one. The sequencing functionality is only available for channels with ‘extended’ memory, and all the channels share the same sequence information (i.e. the sequence created using this tab will be same for all the channels sourced from ‘extended’ memory). The option ‘SEQ’ must be installed for sequencing to work.

You can also configure various sequence/control parameters using this tab.

The following figure shows Sequence/Control tab (STScenario mode):

100

Figure 24: Sequence/Control tab (STScenario mode)

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

The following figure shows Sequence/Control tab (STSequence Mode with Dynamic

Control on and signal generation stopped):

Figure 25: Sequence/Control tab (STSequence mode with Dynamic Control on and Signal Generation stopped)

The following figure shows Sequence/Control tab (STSequence Mode with Dynamic

Control on and signal generation started):

Figure 26: Sequence/Control tab (STSequence mode with Dynamic Control on and Signal Generation started)

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 101

2 M8195A User Interface

102

This tab has the following controls:

Sequence/Control Parameters

 Sequence Mode

Allows to select a sequence mode (ARBitrary, STSequence, or STSCenario):

 ARBitrary – Generate arbitrary waveform segments

 STSequence – Generate sequences of segments

 STSCenario – Generate scenarios (sequences of sequences)

 Advance Mode

Specifies the advance mode for waveform segment or sequence depending on selected sequence mode. This option is available only if Arbitrary or

STScenario mode is selected.

 Segment Loop

Specifies the number of times a segment will be executed. This option is available only if Arbitrary mode is selected.

 Select Segment

Allows to select the segment that has to be executed. This option is available only if Arbitrary mode is selected.

 Scenario Loop

Specifies the number of times a scenario will be executed. This option is available only if STScenario mode is selected.

 Select Scenario

Allows to select the scenario that has to be executed. This option is available only if STScenario mode is selected.

 Select Sequence

Allows to select the sequence that has to be executed. This option is available only if STSequence mode is selected.

Dynamic Control

Enable or disable dynamic sequence control. If dynamic control is switched on, segments or sequences can be switched dynamically when signal generation is active. This option is available only if Arbitrary or STSequence mode is selected.

 Select Init Segment

Select the initial segment to be played when dynamic control for segments is enabled . This option is available only if Arbitrary mode is selected.

 Select Init Sequence

Select the initial sequence to be played when dynamic control for sequences is enabled. This option is available only if STSequence mode is selected.

 Select Dyn. Sequence

Allows to select the next sequence to be played when dynamic control for segments or sequences is enabled. This option is available only if Arbitrary or

STSequence mode is selected.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

Sequence Table

 Seq.ID (Sequence ID)

When a new sequence entry is created, it is automatically allocated a numeric

ID termed as Seq ID. First entry has Seq.ID Q, second 1, and so on.

 Entry Type

 Data: Each data entry has a waveform segment associated with it which is played during sequence execution. It is also possible to specify the number of iterations for the segment. Amplitude and frequency table is available for standard data entry in interpolated mode.

 Idle: Idle entry allows setting a pause between segments in a granularity that is smaller than the sync clock granularity. You can specify the sample to be played during the pause. A minimum length of this pause is required. The idle command segment is treated as a segment within sequences or scenarios. There is no segment loop count but a sequence loop counter value is required for cases where the idle command segment is the first segment of a sequence.

 Empty: Select this option to create an empty segment entry.

An entry after the empty segment is automatically marked as a new sequence.

Segm.# (Segment Number)

Allows to enter the segment number.

 Segm. Loop (Segment Loop)

Specifies the segment loop count (number of times the selected sequence entry is repeated).

 Segm. Start Off. (Segment Start Offset)

Allows specifying a segment start address in samples, if only part of a segment loaded into waveform data memory is to be used. The value must obey the granularity of the selected waveform output mode. .

Segm. End Off. (Segment End Offset)

Allows specifying a segment end address in samples if only part of a segment loaded into waveform data memory is to be used. The value must obey the granularity of the selected waveform output mode.

Segm.Adv. (Segment Advance)

Allows the user to set the segment advancement mode.

Any of the following segment advancement modes can be selected:

 Auto (Automatic): After having executed all loops, the sequencer advances to the next element automatically. No external interaction is required for advancement.

 Cond (Conditional): The sequencer repeats the current element until it receives the correct advancement event. After having received the advancement event, the current element is played to the end before switching to the next one.

 Repeat: After having executed all loops the sequencer stops and plays the last value of the current element. After having received the advancement event, the sequencer starts playing the next element. When receiving the advancement event before having played all repetitions, all repetitions will be played before moving to the next element.

 Single: After having executed an element once, the sequencer stops and plays the last value of the element. After having received the next advancement event, the process is repeated until having executed all loops of the current element. Then the execution advances to the next element.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 103

2 M8195A User Interface

104

 Marker

This option allows to enable or disable the marker.

 New Seq. (New Sequence)

Select the check box to start a new sequence.

 Scen. End

Select the check box to mark end of the scenario.

 Seq. Loop (Sequence Loop)

Specifies the sequence loop count (number of times the selected sequence is to be repeated).

 Seq.Adv. (Sequence Advance)

Allows the user to set the sequence advancement mode.

Any of the following sequence advancement modes can be selected:

 Auto (Automatic): After having executed all loops, the sequencer advances to the next sequence automatically. No external interaction is required for advancement.

 Cond (Conditional): The sequencer repeats the current sequence until it receives the correct advancement event. After having received the advancement event, the current sequence is played to the end before switching to the next one.

 Repeat: After having executed all loops the sequencer stops and plays the last value of the current sequence. After having received the advancement event, the sequencer starts playing the next sequence.

When receiving the advancement event before having played all repetitions, all repetitions will be played before moving to the next sequence.

 Single: Once a sequence is executed, the sequencer stops and plays the last value of the sequence. After having received the next advancement event, the process is repeated until having executed all loops of the current sequence. Then the execution advances to the next sequence.

 Idle Delay

The field is enabled only when the Entry Type is chosen as “Idle”. It is used to insert a numeric idle delay value into the sequence.

 Idle Sample

Idle Sample is the sample played during the pause time. The field is enabled only when the Entry Type is chosen as “Idle”. It is used to insert a numeric idle sample value into the sequence. In case of interpolated mode, there are two idle sample values corresponding to I and Q data, respectively. So, for interpolated mode there will be two columns for idle samples i.e. Idle Samp. I and Idle Samp. Q.

 (Insert Above)

Insert a new sequence entry row above the selected entry.

(Insert Below)

Insert a new sequence entry row below the selected entry.

(Delete)

Delete the selected sequence entries.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

(Cut)

Cut the selected sequence entries for pasting to another position in the present or a new sequence. “Paste” option will be enabled.

 (Copy)

Copy the selected sequence entries for pasting to another position in the present or a new sequence. “Paste” option will be enabled.

(Paste)

Paste the copied or cut sequence entries to the target sequence entry.

 (Clear)

Use this option to undo the cut or copy action. Once the option is clicked, data on the clipboard will be erased, and the “Paste” option will be automatically disabled.

Send To Instrument

Send sequence configuration to the instrument.

Read From Instrument

Extract existing sequence configuration from the instrument.

Licenses and Options Section

 Installed Options

This field displays the installed options for the M8195A module.

 Installed Licenses

This field displays the installed licenses for the M8195A module.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 105

2 M8195A User Interface

2.16 Correction File Format

A correction file is an ASCII delimited file carrying all the information required to compensate or embed a given frequency response in the multi-tone, complex modulation and serial data signals. The file must be composed of a header including a series of lines with identifiers and parameters, and a list of numerical correction factors. In lines including more than one item (i.e., one identifier and one parameter), the items must be separated using commas. Identifiers and parameters are not case sensitive.

These are the significant fields for the header:

InputBlockSize: It states the number of valid correction factors in the file.

It is a mandatory field.

 XStart: It is frequency in Hz corresponding to the first entry in the correction factor section of the file. It is a mandatory field for serial data and multi-tone generation in direct mode and optional for multitone in upconverter mode and complex modulation.

XDelta: It is frequency distance in Hz between consecutive entries in the correction factor section of the file. It is a mandatory field.

 YUnit: Units for the amplitude values in the correction factor section of the file. Parameter associated to it may be ‘dB’ (for logarithmic relative amplitudes) or ‘lin’ (for dimensionless linear relative amplitude). This parameter is optional and its default value is ‘lin’. Phase unit must be always stated in radians.

The order of the above entries is not relevant. The correction factor section starts with a line including a single ‘y’ or ‘Y’ character. Entries in this section are made by

Amp1(Fi), Phase1(Fi) pairs. In particular, this format is compatible with adaptive equalizer files exported in comma-separated value (CSV) format from the Keysight

89600 VSA software package. These files reflect the channel response corrected by the equalizer so they should be applied through the selection of the

‘Channel_Response’ option in the corresponding ‘CorrectionMode’ drop-down list in the ‘Corrections’ section of the ‘Multi-Tone’ panel. ‘Complex Modulation” and ‘Serial

Data” panels always expect “frequency response” data so correction will be obtained by inverting the supplied data. Comments must start with the ‘//’ character sequence and may use a complete line or be located at the end of any valid line. Empty lines are also valid.

For signal created from the ‘Serial Data Panel, when correction data is obtained through an oscilloscope and the Keysight 89600 VSA software, adaptive equalizer analysis should be applied to a real-only baseband signal (so only one oscilloscope channel is involved). A direct, bandwidth-limited, straight-forward frequency response information can be obtained by generating a NRZ signal with sufficient bandwidth and a convenient edge shape filter that can be handled by the analysis software (i.e. raised cosine) and setting up the analysis according to the signal characteristics (symbol rate, filter parameter). NRZ signals can be analyzed through the 89600 VSA software by selecting “BPSK” as the modulation scheme.

106 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

M8195A User Interface 2

This is an example correction file:

// MyCorrectionFile

InputBlockSize, 1024

XStart, 1.0E+09 // 1.0GHz

XDelta, 1.0E+06

YUnit, lin

Y

0.987, -0.2343

0.995, 0.5674

1.269, -0.765

The above files are composed of a header with relevant information. In these particular cases, the files contain 1024 linear correction factors spaced by 1 MHz and starting at

1GHz. The ‘Y’ character indicates the starting point for the correction factor list composed of 1024 lines with amplitude/phase pairs separated by commas. For onechannel files there is an amplitude/phase pair per line while for two channel files there are two pairs (Amp1, Phase1, Amp2, Phase2).

The way this information is applied by the Soft Front Panel software depends on the signal generation mode and the signal category. For direct conversion multi-tone RF generation modes (‘Generate IQ Data’ unchecked), corrections are applied directly to the tones based on their absolute frequency. For up-converted multi-tone baseband generation(I/Q) modes (‘Generate IQ Data’ checked), corrections are applied to the complex baseband signals. So, the internal or external carrier frequency is represented by the central entry in the list (i.e., entry #512 in the 1024 entries example shown above) regardless of the ‘XStart’ parameter. For Complex Modulated waveforms, corrections are always applied to the complex baseband signals regardless of the

‘Generate IQ Data” checkbox setting so, as it happens with the correction of multitone baseband signals, the internal or external carrier frequency is represented by the central entry in the list.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 107

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator

User’s Guide

3 Sequencing

3.1

Introduction / 109

3.2

Sequencing Hierarchy / 112

3.3

Trigger Modes / 113

3.4

Arm Mode / 114

3.5

Advancement Modes / 114

3.6

Sequencer Controls / 115

3.7

Sequencer Execution Flow / 121

3.8

Sequencer Modes / 122

3.9

Dynamic Sequencing / 138

3.10

Idle Command Segments / 141

3.11

Limitations / 142

3.1 Introduction

This chapter describes the sequencing capabilities of the instrument.

3.1.1 Sequencing Internal Memory

Channels sourced from internal memory have the following functionality:

Waveform generation from internal memory and waveform generation from extended memory always starts synchronously on all four channels

 The start of waveform generation can be initiated from the SFP, a software or hardware trigger-

 Number of segments from: 1

Minimum segment length: 128 samples

Waveform Granularity: 128 samples

Maximum segment length: See section 1.5.4

.

3 Sequencing

Loop count: Always infinite. I.e. when the waveform generation has started, waveforms are being generated until the instrument is stopped.

 The segment lengths of channel 1, channel 2, channel 3 and channel 4 may be different

 Sequences and scenarios are not available from internal memory

The option sequencing (Option –SEQ) does not affect the capabilities of the internal memory.

3.1.2 Option Sequencing for Extended Memory

The M8195A offers sequencing functionality for channels sourced from extended memory. Option sequencing (Option -SEQ) enables an extended set of sequencing functionality.

With option -SEQ following sequencing functionality is available:

 Up to ~16 Mio unique segments can be defined where each segment length may be different

 Sequencing hierarchy: Segment, sequence, scenario

 Trigger modes: Continuous, triggered, gated

Arm Mode: Self armed and armed

Advancement modes: Auto, conditional,repeat, single

 Sequencer modes: Arbitrary, sequence scenario

 Dynamic sequencing

Without option -SEQ the sequencing capabilities of the instrument are:

 One segment. Loop counter for this segment

 Trigger modes: Continuous, triggered, gated

 Arm Mode: Self armed and armed

 Advancement modes: Auto, conditional,repeat, single

 Sequencer Mode: Arbitrary

For operation in instrument mode ‘Dual Channel’ or instrument mode ‘Four Channel’, all channels sourced from extended memory of M8195A behave identical with respect to sequencing. i.e. there is one sequence table available for the M8195A. Certainly the waveforms of the channels can be different for any segment number.

3.1.3 Sequence Table

The sequencer is implemented in a table. Each table entry consists of a sequence vector, which contains all the necessary information that is required to play one single waveform segment like loop counter values, advancement parameters and references to the sample memory. Multiple adjacent sequence vectors can also be played together within one run. The first sequence table entry is marked with a start pointer. After having finished one segment, the next table entry of the list is selected. If an actually executed segment is the last segment of a loop a jump to the starting point of the loop might be initiated depending on the loop count.

110 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

The following drawing shows an example:

Start Pointer

Exit

7

8

9

10

5

6

Waveform A

Waveform C

Waveform E

Waveform A

Waveform B

Waveform D

Loop

Figure 27: Sequence table

The execution flow is started at address 5 and the waveform of every table entry is played. Within the sequence, a loop from address 9 to 6 is executed for a number of times, specified by loop counter values. It is possible to access the same sample data from different sequence vectors. In this example, waveform A is accessed from sequence vector 5 and 8.

3.1.4 Sequencer Granularity

The sequencer is running at a lower clock speed than the sample rate of the instrument.

Therefore, the sequencer has to play multiple samples within one sync clock cycle.

The number of samples played within one sync clock cycle is called waveform granularity or segment granularity. For details, refer to the block diagrams in section

1.5.4

.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 111

3 Sequencing

3.2 Sequencing Hierarchy

3.2.1 Segment

A waveform segment consists of a defined number of samples, which are played, in a consecutive order. It is treated as a unit and can be repeated a specified number of times or can run continuously. The sample count of segments must be in multiples of the segment granularity. A minimum length is also required (see datasheet of the instrument).

A segment can be played standalone (see Arbitrary Mode ) or can be part of

a sequence.

3.2.2 Sequence

Multiple segments can be combined to a sequence. A sequence can be executed continuously or for a specified number of times.

Sequence

Start

Trigger

Segment 1 Segment 2 Segment 3

Repeat Count 1 Repeat Count 2 Repeat Count 3

Sequence Repeat Count ( continuously or “n” times)

Figure 28: Sequence

A sequence can be played standalone (see Sequence Mode ) or can be part of a

scenario.

112 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

3.2.3 Scenario

Multiple sequences can be combined into a scenario (see Scenario Mode ). A scenario

can be executed continuously or a specified number of times.

3.3 Trigger Modes

The trigger mode defines the way, how segments, sequences and scenarios begin with playing waveform data. After having setup the instrument, it is started. Then the start of segments, sequences and scenarios depends on the different trigger modes.

3.3.1 Continuous

In the trigger mode Continuous, the sequencer is started immediately after the instrument. In this mode, the waveform execution is infinite.

3.3.2 Triggered

In the trigger mode Triggered, the sequencer needs a trigger to start. After having received the trigger, the waveform is played a defined number of times, and then the sequencer is stopped again and is prepared to accept the next trigger. Every trigger that occurs before the currently running segment/sequence/scenario has completed, is ignored. Alternatively, after having received a trigger, a waveform can also be played

infinitely. See Sequencer Modes for more details.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 113

3 Sequencing

3.3.3 Gated

In the trigger mode Gated, both edges of the gate signal are used to start and stop the execution of the sequencer. After being stopped, the sequencer is prepared to accept a new rising edge of the gate and can be restarted again.

In Gated Mode, the advancement mode of the top level (e.g. sequence advancement mode for sequences) must be set to Continuous.

3.4 Arm Mode

Sometimes it is desired to play an idle waveform instead of a static idle value before having started to play the real waveform. With the arm mode it is possible to select the output signal of the instrument before having started the sequencer.

3.4.1 Self Armed

Whenever the arm mode is set to Self Armed, the instrument starts as defined by the selected trigger mode.

3.4.2 Armed

For all cases where the trigger mode is set to Continuous and the arm mode to Armed, the first segment/sequence is played infinitely after start. After having received a rising edge of Enable, the sequence/scenario advances to the next segment/sequence and continues to execute as described in trigger mode Continuous. This mode doesn’t make any sense for the execution of standalone segments or for the trigger modes Triggered and Gated. Therefore, in these cases the described behavior is not available and Armed is treated like Self Armed with an additional enable flag as start condition.

3.5 Advancement Modes

The advancement mode specifies the way of how one element like a segment, sequence or scenario advances to the next element or how it is repeated.

The advancement mode can be individually specified for each single element. The exact behavior depends on the sequencing, arm and trigger mode.

There could be different advancement modes on different hierarchy levels. Some of these modes require an advancement event to proceed. In cases where the advancement event has to be evaluated simultaneously in multiple hierarchy levels, the output behavior could be unexpected, especially when conditional advancement modes

are used. For more details, refer to the examples given in the section Sequencer Modes .

114 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

3.5.1 Auto

After having executed all loops, the sequencer advances to the next element automatically. No external interaction is required for advancement.

3.5.2 Conditional

The sequencer repeats the current element until it receives the correct advancement event. After having received the advancement event, the current element is played to the end before switching to the next one.

3.5.3 Repeated

After having executed all loops the sequencer stops and plays the last value of the current element. This last value can be specified in the corresponding sequence vector

(default value is the offset voltage). After having received the advancement event, the sequencer starts playing the next element. When receiving the advancement event before having played all repetitions, all repetitions will be played before moving to the next element.

3.5.4 Single

After having executed an element once, the sequencer stops and plays the last value of the element. This last value can be specified in the corresponding sequence vector

(default value is the offset voltage). After having received the next advancement event the process is repeated until having executed all loops of the current element. Then the execution advances to the next element.

3.6 Sequencer Controls

Sequencer Controls are used to influence the sequencer. So they can control the waveform generation.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 115

3 Sequencing

3.6.1 External Inputs

3.6.1.1 TRIGGER/EVENT

3.6.1.1.1 Synchronous Triggering

The M8195A accepts a wide range of external trigger signal levels to easily adapt to a measurement setup. The input threshold is user configurable along with the polarity or whether rising, falling or both edges are to be taken into account. Two modes of operation are available: Asynchronous and Synchronous triggering.

The TRIGGER and EVENT input signals are clocked internally with the SYNC clock.

[SYNC clock = Sample clock divided by 256]. To reduce the TRIGGER to DATA out uncertainty the signal applied to the external input connector needs to meet a setup and hold window. The timing is specified with respect to the SYNC Clk Out port. See the data sheet for further details.

Sample Clock

SYNC Clock

Trigger Case #1

Trigger Case #2

Output

(in both cases)

Trigger latency in Case #1

Trigger latency in Case #2

Trigger is sampled with next rising edge of SYNC Clock

Internal processing has no uncertanity

Figure 29: TRIGGER/EVENT synchronous to the sync clock (synchronous tmode)

116 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

3.6.1.1.2 Asynchronous Triggering

In synchronous trigger mode the incoming trigger and event signals are sampled with the SYNC clock which is the DAC sample rate divided by 256 and the input signals need to be provided synchronous to the SYNC clock to get a precise output signal.

When using the asynchronous mode, the trigger and event input signals are sampled with a clock that is the DAC sampling rate divided by 8. This provides a more precise trigger/event to output latency without the need of providing the inputs synchronous to any reference.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 117

3 Sequencing

3.6.2 Logical Functions

3.6.2.1 Trigger/Gate/Enable

The trigger, gate and enable signals are used to control the start behavior of the sequencer, depending on the selected mode. The trigger starts the sequencer in trigger mode triggered; the gate has the corresponding functionality (start and stop) in trigger mode gated. The enable is needed in the armed/continuous mode. In this mode the first element is hold in the conditional advancement mode until enable becomes active.

During further loops of the sequence or scenario, the enable is ignored and the element is executed with the advancement mode specified in the sequence table. So the enable allows providing not only an initial offset value, before the real start of the sequencer, but also an initial segment or sequence.

3.6.2.2 Advancement Event

The advancement event is used to advance within a scenario or sequence. Responsible for the type of advancement is the selected advancement mode of the element. The advancement event is stored internally until the sequencer uses it.

Example:

When receiving an advancement event while executing a conditional segment, the advancement event is stored until reaching the end of the segment where the advancement is used. Then the stored advancement event is cleared and the instrument is able to receive the next one.

118 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

3.6.2.3 Dynamic Select

The instrument provides a dynamic sequencing mode, which allows changing the actually running segment or sequence without stopping and reprogramming the instrument. The selected sequencer index is modified either by the external DYNAMIC

CONTROL input of the M8197A in multi module configuration or via remote programming. Up to 16 M sequencer table indices can be addressed.

3.6.2.4 Run

The run input is a software button or command, which switches the instrument from programming mode to run mode.

3.6.3 Internal Trigger Generator

The M8195A provides a configurable internal trigger generator that allows for generation of a periodic trigger signal that is frequency locked to the clock of the sequencer engine. In Gated mode, the internal trigger generator provides a gate with a width of 50% of the trigger generator period.

3.6.4 Mapping External Inputs to Logical Functions

The logical functions controlling the sequencer can be connected to multiple sources.

The following table shows all possible mappings.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 119

3 Sequencing

Functions

Trigger/Gate

Enable (= Start in armed mode)

Advancement Event

Dynamic Select

RUN

Table 18: Mapping external inputs to logical functions

Inputs

Trigger/Gate Input

(SMA Connector)

Default

Default (Armed)

Trigger

Generator

Event Input

(SMA Connector)

Software

Default

Default

The software controls are logically ored with the external input.

Dynamic control inputs are only available, when using the M8197A. Then in case of the dynamic control, the software controls have precedence unless the hardware inputs are explicitly disabled using the commands.

See also chapter Trigger Tab .

120 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

3.7 Sequencer Execution Flow

The given drawing shows an overview of the different trigger modes and the interaction with some of the conditional inputs.

Programming

Waveform Download

RUN

Continuous

Trigger Mode

Gated

Triggered

Self Armed

Armed

Armed

Self Armed

Armed

Armed

Enabled

Self Armed

Armed

Armed

Enabled

N

Adv Event

Y

Start First

Segment / Sequnce

Enable

Y

N

Gate (Rising)

Y

N

Trigger (Edge)

Y

N

Adv Event

N

Y

Segment / Sequence Generation

Gate (Falling), End of Sequence (Triggered)

Stopped

Figure 30: Sequencer execution flow

RUN is moving the instrument from the programming mode to execution mode.

Dependent on the selected trigger mode, the behavior in Armed mode is different. In trigger mode Continuous, the enable signal is used to control the execution of the first segment or sequence. In trigger mode Gated or Triggered, the enable is used as an additional start input.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 121

3 Sequencing

3.8 Sequencer Modes

This section describes the various sequence modes and their behavior depending on trigger mode and arm mode. Some of them are illustrated with examples. Every run of the sequencer starts with a static offset value, which represents the DAC value zero in the signed interpretation.

So this value is:

𝑂𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑒𝑡 =

𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝐷𝑎𝑐 − 𝑀𝑖𝑛. 𝐷𝑎𝑐

2

A stop (See SCPI command :ABORt[1|2|3|4] ) of the instrument is an abort initiated by

software which is unrelated to the currently running sequencer. So the currently running segment/sequence or scenario is not completed before stopping.

3.8.1 Arbitrary Mode

In Arbitrary Mode, a single segment is played.

Segment

Loop Count=4

Figure 31: Segment

122 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

3.8.1.1 Self Armed

Trigger Mode Continuous After programming, the segment is started automatically and is repeated infinitely.

Time

Offset Offset

RUN

Stop

(Abort)

Figure 32: Trigger mode continuous

Trigger Mode Triggered An Offset value is provided after programming. A trigger starts the segment.

The following segment advancement modes are available:

Auto: The segment is executed the number of times specified by its loop count. Then the last sample is played at the end.

Repeat: This advancement mode is quite the same like “Auto” with the difference that an advancement event is required at the end.

Single: An advancement event is required for each segment repetition.

Conditional: The segment is played infinitely after receiving a trigger. After being

stopped (See SCPI command :ABORt[1|2|3|4] ) the offset value is played.

Offset

RUN

Trigger

1 2 3 4

Last

Value

Trigger

1 2

Figure 33: Segment advance = auto

Stop

(Abort)

Offset

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 123

3 Sequencing

Offset

RUN

Trigger

1 2 3 4

Last

Value

Adv Event

Trigger

1 2

Figure 34: Segment advance = repeat

Stop

(Abort)

Offset

Offset

124

RUN

Trigger

RUN

Offset

Trigger

1

Last

Value

Adv Event

2

Last

Value

Adv Event

3

Last

Value

4

Last

Value

Adv Event Adv Event

Trigger

1

Last

Value

Adv Event

2

Figure 35: Segment advance = single

Offset

Stop

(Abort)

Offset

Figure 36: Segment advance = conditional

Stop

(Abort)

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

Trigger Mode Gated An Offset value is provided after programming. The rising edge of the gate starts the sequence and plays the segment infinitely until receiving the falling edge of the gate.

After having received the falling edge of the gate, the segment is played for a number of times specified by the segment loop count. Then the segment is stopped at its end.

Then the last sample value is provided.

Offset

1

4

Last

Value

RUN

Gate

Gate

Gate

Figure 37: Trigger mode gated

3.8.1.2 Armed

Trigger Mode Continuous

Behavior is like self armed with an additional ENABLE. The enable is evaluated only once at the beginning. Later, changes of this signal are ignored.

Offset

Offset

RUN

Enable

Trigger Mode Triggered

Offset

Figure 38: Trigger mode continuous

Last

Value

Stop

(Abort)

RUN Enable Trigger Trigger

Figure 39: Trigger mode triggered

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 125

3 Sequencing

Trigger Mode Gated

Offset

RUN

Enable

Gate

1

Gate

Figure 40: Trigger Mode Gated

4

Last

Value

Gate

126 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

3.8.2 Sequence Mode

In Sequence Mode, one or multiple segments are played.

Segment

2

2 a

AUTO c b

CONDITIONAL

2

c

REPEATED

2 d

SINGLE

SEQUENCE

Figure 41: Sequence Mode

3.8.2.1 Self Armed

Trigger Mode

Continuous

After programming, the sequence is started automatically and played infinitely.

The following segment advancement modes are available:

Auto

Conditional (Advancement Event)

 Repeated (Advancement Event)

Single (Advancement Event)

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 127

3 Sequencing

Offset

RUN a1

1

Auto a2 a

2 b b b b b

Conditional b

Adv Event c1 b c2

Repeated

Last

Value d1 d2

Adv Event

Adv Event

Single

Figure 42: Trigger mode continuous

Adv Event a1 a2

Offset

Stop

(Abort)

Trigger Mode Triggered An Offset value is provided after programming. A trigger starts the sequence.

The following sequence advancement modes are available:

Auto: The sequence is executed the number of times specified by its loop count. Then the last sample is played at the end.

Repeat: This advancement mode is quite the same like “Auto” with the difference that an advancement event is required at the end.

Single: An advancement event is required for each sequence repetition.

Conditional: The sequence is played infinitely after receiving a trigger. After being

stopped (See SCPI command :ABORt[1|2|3|4] ) the offset value is played.

The following segment advancement modes are available:

 Auto

Conditional (Advancement Event)

 Repeat (Advancement Event)

 Single (Advancement Event)

128 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

Offset

RUN

Trigger a a

1 a

2 a

2 b b

2X

Adv Event d

2

Last

Value a

1 a

2

Adv Event

Adv Event

1X

Figure 43: Sequence advance = auto

d

2

Last

Value

Adv Event

Trigger a

1

Offset

RUN

Trigger a a

1

1 a

2 a

2 b b

2X

Adv Event d

2

Last

Value a

1 a

2

Adv Event Adv Event

1X

Figure 44: Sequence advance = repeated

d

2

Last

Value

Adv Event

Trigger a

1

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 129

3 Sequencing

RUN

Offset

Trigger a

1 a

2

Adv Event

Last

Value d

Offset a

1 a

2

Adv Event

Figure 45: Sequence advance = conditional

Stop

2

130

Offset

RUN

Trigger a

1 a

2 d

1

2X

Adv Event belongs to

Segment Advance

Last

Value a1 d

2

Last

Value

Adv Event

Adv Event

Trigger a

1

Adv Event belongs to

Segment +

Sequence Advance

1X

Figure 46: Sequence advancement = single

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

Trigger Mode Gated An Offset value is provided after programming. The rising edge of the gate starts the sequence and plays the sequence infinitely until receiving the falling edge of the gate.

After having received the falling edge of the gate, the sequence is played for a number of times specified by the sequence loop count. Then the sequence is stopped at its end.

Then the last sample value is provided.

The following segment advancement modes are available:

Auto

 Conditional (Advancement Event)

 Repeat (Advancement Event)

Single (Advancement Event)

Offset a a

1

1 a

2 d

2

Last

Value a

1

RUN

Gate

Adv Event Adv Event

Gate

Adv Event d

2

Last

Value

Adv Event

Figure 47: Trigger mode gated

Gate a

1

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 131

132

3 Sequencing

3.8.2.2 Armed

Trigger Mode Continuous After programming, the sequence is started automatically and the first segment is played repetitively until receiving an Enable. Then the first segment is played until the end and the sequence is continued.

The following segment advancement modes are available:

 Auto

 Conditional (Advancement Event)

Repeat (Advancement Event)

 Single (Advancement Event)

The following sequence advancement mode is available:

The sequence is played infinitely until being stopped. After being restarted, the first segment is played until it receives an enable.

Offset a a a b b b

Adv Event

RUN

Enable

Adv Event d

2

Last

Value

Adv Event a

1 a

2 b

Stop

(Abort)

RUN

Figure 48: Trigger mode continuous

a a a

Enable

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

Trigger Mode Triggered Behavior is like self armed with an additional ENABLE. The enable is evaluated only once at the beginning. Later changes of this signal are ignored.

Offset

Last

Value

RUN Enable Trigger Trigger

Figure 49: Trigger mode triggered

Trigger Mode Gated Behavior is like self armed with an additional ENABLE. The enable is evaluated only once at the beginning. Later changes of this signal are ignored.

Offset

1

2

Last

Value

RUN

Enable Gate

Gate

Gate

Figure 50: Trigger mode gated

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 133

3 Sequencing

3.8.3 Scenario Mode

In Scenario Mode, one or multiple sequences are played.

2

2

Sequence

2

Sequence

2 2

C 2 a b c d

AUTO REPEATED CONDITIONAL SINGLE

Scenario

Figure 51: Scenario mode

3.8.3.1 Self Armed

Trigger Mode Continuous After programming, the scenario is started automatically and played infinitely.

The following segment/sequence advancement modes are available:

 Auto

 Conditional (Advancement Event)

 Repeat (Advancement Event)

 Single (Advancement Event)

134 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Offset

RUN a1

1

Auto a2 a

2 b1 b b2

Last

Value

Adv Event a

1

Repeated a2 a

2 b1 b b2

Last

Value

Adv Event c a

2 c

Conditional b c

Last

Value

Adv Event c d1

Last b

Value

Single

Adv Event d2

Last

Value

Adv Event c a

2 c b c

Last

Value

Adv Event c d1

Last b

Value

Adv Event d2

Last

Value

Sequencing 3

Adv Event a

1 a2 a

2 b1 b b2

Figure 52: Trigger mode continuous

Offset

Stop

(Abort)

Trigger Mode Triggered An Offset value is provided after programming. A trigger starts the scenario.

The following scenario advancement modes are available:

Auto: The scenario is executed the number of times specified by its loop count. Then the last sample is played at the end.

Repeat: This advancement mode is quite the same like “Auto” with the difference that an advancement event is required at the end.

Single: An advancement event is required for each scenario repetition.

Conditional: The scenario is played infinitely after receiving a trigger. After being

stopped (See SCPI command :ABORt[1|2|3|4] ) the offset value is played.

The following segment/sequence advancement modes are available:

 Auto

 Conditional (Advancement Event)

 Repeat (Advancement Event)

Single (Advancement Event)

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 135

3 Sequencing

Trigger Mode Gated An Offset value is provided after programming. The rising edge of the gate starts the scenario and plays the scenario infinitely until receiving the falling edge of the gate.

After having received the falling edge of the gate, the scenario is played for a number of times specified by the scenario loop count. Then the scenario is stopped at its end. Then the last sample value is provided.

The following segment/sequence advancement modes are available:

Auto

 Conditional (Advancement Event)

 Repeat (Advancement Event)

Single (Advancement Event)

3.8.3.2 Armed

Trigger Mode Continuous After programming, the scenario is started automatically and the first sequence is played repetitively until receiving an Enable. Then the first sequence is played until the end and the scenario is continued

The following segment/sequence advancement modes are available:

 Auto

 Conditional (Advancement Event)

Repeat (Advancement Event)

 Single (Advancement Event)

The following scenario advancement mode is available:

The scenario is played infinitely until being stopped. After being restarted, the first sequence is played until it receives an enable.

136 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Offset

RUN a1

1

Auto a2 a

2 b1 b b2

Last

Value

Adv Event a

1

Repeated a2 a

2 b b2

Last

Value

Enable

Adv Event c a

2 c b c

Conditional

Adv Event c d1

Last b

Value

Adv Event d2

Single

Last

Value

Adv Event c a

2 c b c

Last

Value

Adv Event c d1

Last b

Value

Adv Event d2

Last

Value

Sequencing 3

Adv Event a

1 a2 a

2 b1 b b2

Figure 53: Trigger mode continuous

Offset

Stop

(Abort)

Trigger Mode Triggered Behavior is like self armed with an additional ENABLE. The enable is evaluated only once at the beginning. Later changes of this signal are ignored.

Trigger Mode Gated Behavior is like self armed with an additional ENABLE. The enable is evaluated only once at the beginning. Later changes of this signal are ignored.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 137

3 Sequencing

3.9 Dynamic Sequencing

Dynamic Sequencing is a way to dynamically select segments/sequences to be played.

The selection can be done by software or by the external dynamic input port (Hardware driven dynamic changes via the dynamic input port are only possible in systems containing the M8197A). The time from selecting a new segment/sequence to the time the change is visible at the output is not specified and is dependent on the actually played segment’s/sequence’s end relative to arrival of the change event.

When using dynamic sequencing, the arm mode must be set to self-armed and all advancement modes must be set to Auto. Additionally, the trigger mode Gated is not allowed.

When switching sequences of more than 256 vectors dynamically, the play time of the last segment of such a sequence needs to be at least 256 sequence vectors long.

Examples:

 Sequence with 5 segments of 50 vectors each  overall sequence is smaller than 256 vectors, small sequence is independent from loop counts, no special treatment is required.

 Sequence with 6 segments of 50 vectors each  sequence bigger is than 256 vectors, special treatment is required. Following are the possible solutions:

 Create one segment with the content of all 6 segments.

 Put a loop count of 6 on the last segment.

 Use a segment of at least 256 vectors for the 6 th

segment.

138 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

3.9.1 Dynamic Continuous

The selected segment or sequence is infinitely played until a new segment/sequence is selected which then is played instead. After a change request the actually selected segment/sequence is played until the end (including loop counts). Then the change towards the new segment or sequence is performed without any gap.

Limitations:

The time between two change requests of waveforms must be bigger than the waveform length of the biggest waveform including the loop counts.

The change delay from applying changes at the dynamic port to seeing them at the output is the trigger to output delay (see datasheet) plus 256 sync clock cycles minimum. Due to instrument internal functionality, this delay cannot be specified exactly and it is always possible that one more segment/sequence A is played before switching to B.

A A A A A A A B B

Change Delay

Dynamic Change

At Dynamic Port

Figure 54: Dynamic continuous

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 139

3 Sequencing

3.9.2 Dynamic Triggered

After having received a trigger, the selected segment or sequence is played (including loop counts). After having selected a new sequence/segment, this sequence/segment is played instead. Based on the timing relationship of the change request and the next trigger, it is possible that the actually selected (old) waveform is played one more time, before switching to the new one.

Limitations:

The trigger period must be bigger than the waveform length of the biggest waveform including the loop counts.

The change delay from applying changes at the dynamic port to seeing them at the output is the trigger to output delay (see datasheet) plus 256 sync clock cycles minimum. Due to instrument internal functionality, this delay cannot be specified exactly and it is always possible that one more segment/sequence A is played before switching to B.

A A A B

Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger

Change Delay

Dynamic Change

At Dynamic Port

Figure 55: Dynamic triggered

140 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

3.10 Idle Command Segments

For some waveform types, like e.g. radar pulses, huge pause segments with a static output are required between the real waveform segments. The gap between the real segments should be adjustable in a fine granularity

The idle command segment allows setting a pause between segments in a granularity that is smaller than the sync clock granularity. A minimum length of this pause is

required (see section 6.18.2

). The idle command segment is treated as a segment within

sequences or scenarios. There is no segment loop count but a sequence loop counter value is required for cases where the idle command segment is the first segment of a sequence.

The granularity of the idle delay is equal to the waveform sample rate. The following table shows the granularity of the idle delay in DAC samples:

Table 19: Idle delay granularity

Mode

Sample Clock Divider = 1

Sample Clock Divider = 2

Sample Clock Dividier = 4

Idle Delay Granularity

1 DAC Output Sample

2 DAC Output Samples

4 DAC Output Samples

Limitations:

The logic that executes idle command segments uses some elements, which are not in sync clock granularity. To guarantee the trigger to sample output delay or the advancement event to sample output delay, these elements need to be reset before accepting new trigger or advancement events. This requires the waveform generation to be stopped for at least 3 sync clock cycles before being restarted by a trigger or an advancement event. A violation of this requirement leads to an unexpected output behavior for some sync clock cycles.

Multiple adjacent idle command segments are not allowed. If the playtime of one idle command segment is not sufficient, the overall required idle length can be separated into multiple idle command segments where a normal data segment providing the static idle value is put in between. Even this wouldn’t be really necessary. One idle command segment (delay of up to 2^24 sync clock cycles) and one additional small segment (e.g. length: 10 * segment vectors, loop count: up to 2^32) would provide an idle delay of more than 165 seconds in high speed mode at 64 GSa/s and should be sufficient for most applications.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 141

142

3 Sequencing

3.11 Limitations

3.11.1 Segment Length and Linear Playtime

Due to the type of memory technology and the implementation of the memory interface, every physical address jump within the sample memory will reduce the bandwidth at the memory interface. The drawing below shows such an address jump.

Memory Layout

Segment

A

Address Jump

Segment

B

Figure 56: Address jump within segments

To put the density of address jumps below a limit, a minimum segment length of 257 sample vectors (big segment) is required. Small segments (256 vectors down to 5 vectors) are also possible but then the Linear Playtime Requirement must be met.

Linear Playtime Requirement:

The playtime of at least 257 sample vectors (257 sync clock cycles) must be placed in the sample memory in an ascending address order. When writing samples to a totally cleared memory, the order of segments is the order of how these segments are written to the memory.

Idle delay segments are also considered in computing the playtime. The corresponding playtime in sample vectors is computed from the idle delay value. When the data segments before and after the idle delay segment are adjacent in memory the playtime is computed as the sum of all three segments.

The last adjacent segments in a sequence in sequence mode or the last adjacent segments in a scenario in scenario mode can be shorter than 257 sample vectors in total.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Sequencing 3

Examples:

One segment with 257 or more sample vectors (big segment)

One segment with 129 vectors and a loop count of 2 (Loop count multiplies the segment length)

Two segments with 126 and 131 vectors. (Multiple small segments are combined to meet the requirement)

One segment of 5 vectors and one big segment. (One or multiple small segments which don’t meet the linear playtime requirement by themselves, must be located in the memory in front of the next big segment)

Any small segment with a conditional advancement causes the linear playtime requirement to be met automatically. The advancement event to exit the segment is delayed internally until the linear playtime condition is met. A status register signals any linear playtime violation.

Any small segment with an advancement mode set to repeated or single causes the linear playtime requirement to be met automatically. The advancement event is delayed internally until the linear playtime condition is met. A status register signals any linear playtime violation.

Memory Layout

Segment A

(257 Vectors)

2

Segment B

(130 Vectors)

Segment C

(130 Vectors)

Segment D

(130 Vectors)

Segment E

(100 Vectors)

Segment F

(257 Vectors)

Figure 57: Linear playtime requirement

For the given example sequence, the linear play time requirement is met. Segment A is a segment with a play time that is bigger than 256 vectors. Due to its loop count, segment B is also bigger than 256 vectors. Segment C and D are placed next to each other and the resulting length is 260 vectors. The small segment E is placed in front of a big segment.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 143

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator

User’s Guide

4 Streaming

4.1

Introduction / 145

4.2

Streaming Implementation Using Dynamic Modes / 145

4.3

Memory Ping-Pong / 146

4.1 Introduction

This chapter describes the streaming capabilities of the M8195A.

The streaming feature of the M8195A allows re-loading the sample memory while being in the run mode. This capability provides a method to generate waveforms with an infinite playtime. Streaming is supported by the Dynamic Mode.

4.2 Streaming Implementation Using Dynamic Modes

The dynamic modes (refer to the section 3.9

) allow switching between segments

(Arbitrary Mode) or sequences (Sequence Mode) using the external dynamic input port

(M8197A Module required) or by the software. A continuous or triggered execution is possible.

It is possible to modify the content of the sample memory when having selected one of the dynamic modes. Therefore, all segments or sequences that are currently not in use can be changed in run mode. Dynamic modifications of sequence table entries is also possible. This type of streaming implementation requires Dynamic Sequencing.

The following rules apply for implementing streaming using dynamic modes:

The sample data and sequence vector data can be changed in run mode.

Changing the content of segments or sequences, which are currently executed or which are already selected by the dynamic port or by software to be executed next, is not allowed.

4 Streaming

The hardware or software is not able to check this limitation. Obeying this rule is the responsibility of the user. In order to meet this rule, the user can query the segment number that is currently played by the M8195A.

The dynamic modes have some limitations. The main problem for streaming applications is the fact that a pre-defined timing relationship is not always guaranteed when switching from one sequence to another sequence. Therefore, especially in the continuous modes, it might happen that the current sequence is played one or more times before switching to the next sequence. This means the exact number of repetitions of a certain sequence cannot be determined. I.e. streaming implementation using dynamic modes is not entirely deterministic.

4.3 Memory Ping-Pong

When the waveforms to be generated are not known in advance, the “Memory Ping-

Pong” feature allows applications to update the contents of a waveform segment during active signal generation and then switch execution glitch-free to this updated segment.

One segment is played in a loop until execution is switched to the updated segment.

The total number of update operations and switches and therefore the total playtime is unlimited.

4.3.1 Setup example using the SCPI API

This example shows the “Memory Ping-Pong” using the simplest configuration:

Continuous (non-triggered) mode, ARBitrary (no sequences). It also works in triggered mode and with sequences.

Preparation:

 Set the continuous mode.

:INIT:CONT ON

Set sequencing mode to ARBitrary.

:FUNC:MODE ARB

 Set dynamic mode.

:STAB:DYN ON

 Create two waveform segments.

TRAC:DEF 1,1280

TRAC:DEF 2,1280

Create two sequence table entries referring to the waveform segments.

:STAB:DATA 0, 0,1,1,1,0, #hFFFFFFFF

:STAB:DATA 1, 0,1,1,2,0, #hFFFFFFFF

 Load first segment with data.

:TRAC:DATA 1,0,#41280<data_bytes>

146 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Streaming 4

Select the waveform segment, that will be executed immediately after starting the signal generation.

:TRAC:SEL 1

 Start signal generation.

:INIT:IMM

Waveform update and switch operation in a loop until stopped by :ABOR command:

Reload data into next segment. The <segment_id> is either 1 or 2.

:TRAC:DATA <segment_id>,0,#41280<data-bytes>

 Dynamically switch to reloaded segment The <sequence_table_index> is either

0 or 1.

:STAB:DYN:SEL <sequence_table_index>

4.3.2 Setup example using the SFP

The following section shows the setup using the SFP.

Preparation:

Set the continuous mode in the Trigger Tab.

Set sequencing mode to ARBitrary in the Sequence/Control Tab.

 Set dynamic mode in the Sequence/Control Tab.

 Create two waveform segments in the Standard Waveform Tab.

 Create two sequence table entries referring to the waveform segments in the

Sequence/Control Tab. Use the “Select Init Segment” field to select the waveform segment, that will be executed immediately after starting the signal generation. Send the sequence table to the M8195A.

 Start signal generation by pressing the Run/Stop button.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 147

4 Streaming

Waveform update and switch operation in a loop until stopped by pressing the

Run/Stop button:

Reload data into next segment using the Standard Waveform Tab.

Dynamically switch to reloaded segment using the “Select Dyn Sequence” field in the Sequence/Control Tab.

148 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator

User’s Guide

5 Markers

5.1

Introduction / 149

5.2

Dealing with Markers / 149

5.1 Introduction

The instrument provides output signals with a defined timing relationship to the output sample stream. These signals are called markers.

There are up to 2 marker channels available:

The details of these markers are explained in the sections that follow.

5.2 Dealing with Markers

Depending on the data format, the input files for waveforms provide marker information directly related to the samples. This means that each sample has its own bit signaling whether this sample is marked or not.

The M8195A marker logic uses an edge based concept and therefore the sample based marker waveform is converted to an edge based marker waveform by the firmware of the instrument.

The following picture illustrates this more in detail:

5 Markers

Sample

Marker

(Waveform File)

0

0

1

0

2

1

3

1

4

1

5

1

6

0

7

0

8

0

Marker

(DAC Output)

Marker

(Instrument Memory)

Rising Edge Position Falling Edge Position

Figure 58: Marker information

The upper 3 rows show the sample data together with the corresponding marker bits and the expected output waveform of a marker channel.

The rising and the falling edge positions represent the information written into the marker memory of the instrument.

5.2.1 Limitations

5.2.1.1 Marker Transition Density

The minimum distance between two rising or two falling edges of markers is 128 DAC samples.

The following drawing shows some examples of rising and falling marker edge positions.

The distance is always more than 128 DAC samples.

Marker

Transition

0

127 128

255 256 383 384 511

Figure 59: Marker transition

150 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Markers 5

The transition density restriction is related to 128 DAC samples independently from the

instrument modes. According to the section Theory of Operation , the waveform

granularity varies with the Sample Clock Divider. Therefore, the transition density restriction varies, too.

Table 20: Marker transition density

Extended Memory Waveform Memory Access Rate

64 GSa/s

32 GSa/s

16 GSa/s

Marker Transition Density

One rising/falling edge within 128 samples

One rising/falling edge within 64 samples

One rising/falling edge within 32 samples

5.2.1.2 Markers and Sequencing

The transformation of marked samples into rising and falling edges is individually done for each data segment and the download routine that is responsible for the marker conversion is not able to detect transitions at the beginning or at the end of data segments. This would lead to an unexpected behavior at the boundary of segments in cases where e.g. one segment ends with markers set and a following segment starts with non-marked samples. Therefore, depending on the marker bit of the first sample, the software always places a falling or a rising edge at the beginning of each waveform.

This needs to be taken into account by the user, because due to the limitations mentioned in the previous chapter, the corresponding edge can’t be placed again within the first 128 samples of a segment. The same problem exists for (big) segments which are divided up into smaller portions that are separately downloaded. In such case each portion is treated individually and rising or falling edges are automatically inserted at the beginning with the already mentioned limitations.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 151

5 Markers

5.2.2 Sample Marker in Segments which are Addressed Offset Based

The instrument provides a mode where sequence table entries address the content of

segments by offset (see section 2.15

). Whenever a sequence table entry accesses a

segment with an offset not equal to zero (not starting from the beginning of the segment), this may result in unexpected sample marker behavior because any marker edges placed at positions not covered by the address offset are ignored. This needs to be taken into account by the user, when setting up markers.

152 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator

User’s Guide

6 General Programming

6.1

Introduction / 154

6.2

IVI-COM Programming / 155

6.3

SCPI Programming / 155

6.4

Programming Recommendations / 158

6.5

System Related Commands (SYSTem Subsystem) / 159

6.6

Common Command List / 166

6.7

Status Model / 169

6.8

:ARM/TRIGger Subsystem / 180

6.9

:TRIGger - Trigger Input / 191

6.10

:FORMat Subsystem / 194

6.11

:INSTrument Subsystem / 195

6.12

:MMEMory Subsystem / 200

6.13

:OUTPut Subsystem / 207

6.14

Sampling Frequency Commands / 216

6.15

Reference Oscillator Commands / 217

6.16

:VOLTage Subsystem / 221

6.17

[:SOURce]:FUNCtion:MODE ARBitrary|STSequence|STSCenario / 224

6.18

:STABle Subsystem / 225

6.19

Frequency and Phase Response Data Access / 236

6.20

CARRier Subsystem / 237

6.21

:TRACe Subsystem / 239

6.22

:TEST Subsystem / 260

6 General Programming

6.1 Introduction

Introduction The M8195A can be programmed like other modular instruments using IVI-COM driver. In addition, classic instrument programming using SCPI commands is supported.

The following picture gives an overview about how things work together:

154

Figure 60: M8195A programming

The Soft Front Panel talks to the actual M8195A module using a PCI express or USB connection. I/O to the module is done using VISA library of Keysight I/O library.

Addressing is done with PXI resource strings, e.g. “PXI36::0::0::INSTR” or USB resource strings, e.g. “USB-PXI0::5564::4819::DE00000001::INSTR”. The purpose of the Soft Front Panel is to provide a classic instrument like SCPI interface that is exposed via LAN.

IVI-COM wraps the SCPI commands into an API based programming model. To select what module is programmed, the resource string of the module is used. The

IVI-driver will automatically locate an already running Soft Front Panel that is handling the module. If no such Soft Front Panel exists, it is started automatically.

This way it is completely hidden that the IVI driver actually needs the Soft Front

Panel for programming the M8195A module.

VISA or VISA-COM are libraries from an installed I/O library such as the Keysight I/O library to program the instrument using SCPI command strings. The Soft Front Panel must be already running to connect to it.

The Soft Front Panel is also providing the user interface. It is used for interactively changing settings. In addition, it can log what IVI or SCPI calls need to be done when changing a setting. This can be activated with ToolsMonitor Driver calls…. In addition, you can verify changes done from a remote program.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.2 IVI-COM Programming

The recommended way to program the M8195A module is to use the IVI drivers. See documentation of the IVI drivers how to program using IVI drivers. The connection between the IVI-COM driver and the Soft Front Panel is hidden. To address a module therefore the PXI or USB resource string of the module is used. The IVI driver will connect to an already running Soft Front Panel. If the Soft Front Panel is not running, it will automatically start it.

6.3 SCPI Programming

Introduction In addition to IVI programming SCPI programming using a LAN connection is also supported. Three LAN protocols are supported. The correct resource strings are shown in the Soft Front Panel’s About window. A context menu is provided to copy the resource strings.

VXI-11: The Visa resource string is e.g. “TCPIP0::localhost::inst0::INSTR”.

HiSLIP: This protocol is recommended. It offers the functionality of VXI-11 protocol with better performance that is near socket performance. Visa resource strings look like “TCPIP0::localhost::hislip0::INSTR”. To use the HiSlip protocol an I/O library such as the Keysight I/O Libraries Suite must be installed. Since the protocol is new it might not be supported by the installed I/O library. The Keysight I/O Libraries Suite

16.3 and above supports it. However, the Keysight I/O Libraries Suite might be installed as secondary I/O library. In this case, check if the primary I/O library supports HiSLIP. If it does not, the socket protocol must be used.

Socket: This protocol can be used with any I/O library or using standard operating system socket functionality connecting to port 5025. This protocol must be used if the used I/O library is not supporting HiSLIP protocol. Visa resource string looks like

“TCPIP0::localhost::5025::SOCKET”, the exact resource string can be seen in the

Ag8195 Soft Front Panel main window.

AgM8195SFP.exe must be started prior to sending SCPI to the instrument.

(See AgM8195SFP.exe

)

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 155

6 General Programming

6.3.1 AgM8195SFP.exe

Before sending SCPI commands to the instrument, the Soft Front Panel

(AgM8195SFP.exe) must be started. This can be done in the Windows Start menu

(Start > All Programs > Keysight M8195 > Keysight M8195 Soft Front Panel).

6.3.1.1 Command Line Arguments

(See Communication for details about /Socket, /Telnet, /Inst, /HiSLIP, /AutoID,

/NoAutoID, /FallBack).

Table 21: Command line arguments

Option

/Socket socketPort

/Telnet telnetPort

/Inst instrumentNumber

/HiSLIP hislipNumber

/AutoID

/NoAutoID

/FallBack

/NoSplash

/Minimized

/Title “title”

/OutputDir

/r resourceName

Description

Set the socket port at which the Soft Front Panel waits for SCPI commands

Set the telnet port at which the Soft Front Panel waits for SCPI commands

Set the instrument number (instN, hislipN) at which the Soft Front Panel waits for SCPI commands on VXI-11.3 and HiSLIP connections (if not specified with /HiSLIP).

Set the instrument number for HiSLIP SCPI communication. If not specified, the same number as for VXI-11.3 is used.

Automatically select ports and numbers for the connections (default behavior).

Disable the default behavior; i.e. do not automatically select ports and numbers for the connections.

Try to find unused ports and number if starting a server fails.

Don't show the splash screen.

Start with the SFP window minimized to the Windows task bar.

Additional information shown in the SFP window title.

Set the output directory for the log file and temporary files.

Visa PXI resource string of the module to connect to, e.g. PXI12::0::0::INSTR. “auto” selects the next free instrument.

6.3.1.2 Communication

Depending on the command line arguments /Socket, /Telnet, /Inst, /AutoID,

/NoAutoID, /FallBack, the Soft Front Panel starts several servers to handle SCPI commands. (Refer to the table above.)

/Socket, /Telnet, /Inst, /HiSLIP: If -1, don’t start the respective servers

Defaults:

 Socket port: 5025 (e.g. TCPIP0::localhost::5025::SOCKET)

 Telnet port: 5024

 HiSLIP: 0 (e.g. TCPIP0::localhost::hislip0::INSTR)

 VXI-11.3: 0 (e.g. TCPIP0::localhost::inst0::INSTR)

156 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

/FallBack: If starting a server fails because of a conflict, try using another port or number

 HiSLIP, VXI-11.3: increase the index until a server can be started successfully

 Socket, Telnet: start with port 60000, then increase it until the servers can be started successfully. If neither socket nor telnet is disabled the

Soft Front Panel tries to start the servers on two consecutive ports

(socket port = telnet port + 1)

/AutoID: Automatically select ports and number for the connections, which are unique per instrument.

This is the default behavior; it is not necessary to specify this argument on the command line.

If only one AXIe module is connected to this PC and it is an M8195 module, first try to use the command line arguments /Socket, /Telnet, /Inst, or their respective default values if they are not specified. If starting the servers fails, proceed with the steps below.

/Socket, /Telnet, /Inst, /HiSLIP are ignored (unless they are -1 and a server is disabled)

If the Soft Front Panel detects more than one AXIe module, use a special mechanism to obtain a number for the HiSLIP and VXI-11.3 servers, which makes sure that the Soft Front Panel uses always the same VISA resource string per module

The socket and telnet port are then calculated from the HiSLIP index:

 telnet port = 60000 + 2 * <HiSLIP index>

 socket port = 60000 + 2 * <HiSLIP index> + 1

Note: Ports may already be in use by Windows or other applications, so they are not available for M8195A.

/NoAutoID: Do not automatically select ports and number for the connections, use the values specified with /Socket, /Telnet, /Inst, /HiSLIP or their respective default values instead.

If both /NoAutoID and /AutoID are specified, /AutoID overrides /NoAutoID.

The first port not assigned by IANA is 49152 (IANA, Internet Assigned Numbers

Authority, http://www.iana.org

)

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 157

6 General Programming

6.4 Programming Recommendations

This section lists some recommendations for programming the instrument.

Start programming from the default setting. The common command for setting the default setting is:

*RST

Use the binary data format when transferring waveform data.

The SCPI standard defines a long and a short form of the commands. For fast programming speed, it is recommended to use the short forms. The short forms of the commands are represented by upper case letters. For example, the short form of the command to set 10mV offset is:

:VOLT:OFFS 0.01

To improve programming speed, it is also allowed to skip optional subsystem command parts. Optional subsystem command parts are depicted in square brackets, e.g.: Set amplitude

[:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2]

[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]

Sufficient to use:

:VOLT

M8195A is a 4 channel instrument. Parameters have to be specified for output 1, 2,

3, and 4. If there is no output specified the command will set the default output 1.

So, for setting an offset of 10mV for output 1 and output 2 the commands are:

:

VOLT:OFFS 0.01

# sets offset of 10mV at output 1

:VOLT1:OFFS 0.01

# sets offset of 10mV at output 1

:VOLT2:OFFS 0.01

# sets offset of 10mV at output 2

If it is important to know whether the last command is completed, then send the common query:

*OPC?

It is recommended to test the new setting which will be programmed on the instrument by setting it up manually. When you have found the correct setting, then use this to create the program.

In the program it is recommended to send the command for starting data generation

(:INIT:IMM) as the last command. This way intermediate stop/restarts (e.g. when changing sample rate or loading a waveform) are avoided and optimum execution performance is achieved.

*RST

# set default settings

...

...

:OUTP1 ON

:INIT:IMM

# other commands to set modes

# and parameters

# enable the output 1

# start data generation.

158 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.5 System Related Commands (SYSTem Subsystem)

6.5.1 :SYSTem:EIN:MODE[?] EIN|TOUT

Command :SYST:EIN:MODE[?]

Long :SYSTem:EIN:MODE[?]

Parameters EIN|TOUT

Parameter Suffix

Description

None

The Event In and Trigger Out functionality use a shared connector on the front panel.

This command switches between trigger output and event input functionality. When

Trigger Out functionality is active, Event In functionality is disabled and vice versa.

Note: Trigger Out is for future use. There are no plans to support Trigger Out functionality directly from M8195A firmware. Trigger Out is tentatively supported by

81195A optical modulation generator software (V2.1 or later).

Example Command

:SYST:EIN:MODE TOUT

6.5.2 :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?

Command :SYST:ERR?

Long :SYSTem:ERRor?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 159

6 General Programming

Description Read and clear one error from the instrument’s error queue.

A record of up to 30 command syntax or hardware errors can be stored in the error queue. Errors are retrieved in first-in-first-out (FIFO) order. The first error returned is the first error that was stored. Errors are cleared as you read them.

If more than 30 errors have occurred, the last error stored in the queue (the most recent error) is replaced with “Queue overflow”. No additional errors are stored until you remove errors from the queue.

If no errors have occurred when you read the error queue, the instrument responds with 0,“No error”.

The error queue is cleared by the *CLS command, when the power is cycled, or when the Soft Front Panel is re-started.

The error queue is not cleared by a reset

(

*RST

) command.

The error messages have the following format (the error string may contain up to 255 characters): error number,”Description”, e.g.

-113,”Undefined header”.

Example Query

:SYST:ERR?

6.5.3 :SYSTem:HELP:HEADers?

Command :SYST:HELP:HEAD?

Long :SYSTem:HELP:HEADers?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix

Description

None

The HEADers? query returns all SCPI commands and queries and IEEE 488.2 common commands and common queries implemented by the instrument. The response is a <DEFINITE LENGTH ARBITRARY BLOCK RESPONSE DATA> element.

The full path for every command and query is returned separated by linefeeds. The syntax of the response is defined as: The <nonzero digit> and sequence of <digit> follow the rules in IEEE 488.2, Section 8.7.9. A <SCPI header> is defined as: It contains all the nodes from the root. The <SCPI program mnemonic> contains the node in standard SCPI format. The short form uses uppercase characters while the additional characters for the long form are in lowercase characters. Default nodes are surrounded by square brackets ([]).

Example Query

:SYST:HELP:HEAD?

160 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.5.4 :SYSTem:LICense:EXTended:LIST?

Command

:SYST:LIC:EXT:LIST?

Long :SYSTem:LICense:EXTended:LIST?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query lists the licenses installed.

Example Query

:SYST:LIC:EXT:LIST?

6.5.5 :SYSTem:SET[?]

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

:SYST:SET[?]

:SYSTem:SET[?]

<binary block data>

None

In query form, the command reads a block of data containing the instrument’s complete set-up. The set-up information includes all parameter and mode settings, but does not include the contents of the instrument setting memories or the status group registers. The data is in a binary format, not ASCII, and cannot be edited.

In set form, the block data must be a complete instrument set-up read using the query form of the command.

This command has the same functionality as the *LRN command.

Example Command

:SYST:SET <binary block data>

Query

:SYST:SET?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 161

6 General Programming

6.5.6 :SYSTem:VERSion?

Command :SYST:VERS?

Long :SYSTem:VERSion?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns a formatted numeric value corresponding to the SCPI version number for which the instrument complies.

Example Query

:SYST:VERS?

6.5.7 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:*?

Command :SYST:COMM:*?

Long :SYSTem:COMMunicate:*?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description These queries return information about the instrument Soft Front Panel’s available connections. If a connection is not available, the returned value is -1.

This is only useful if there is more than one Keysight module connected to a PC, otherwise one would normally use the default connections (HiSLIP and VXI-11 instrument number 0, socket port 5025, telnet port 5024)

One can never be sure if a socket port is already in use, so one could e.g. specify a

HiSLIP number on the command line (AgM8195SFP.exe /AutoID /Inst5

/FallBack /r …)

and let the Soft Front Panel find an unused socket port. Then this socket port can be queried using the HiSLIP connection.

Example Query

:SYST:COMM:*?

162 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.5.7.1 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:INSTr[:NUMBer]?

Command :SYST:COMM:INST?

Long :SYSTem:COMMunicate:INSTr?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns the VXI-11 instrument number used by the Soft Front Panel.

Example Query

:SYST:COMM:INST?

6.5.7.2 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip[:NUMBer]?

Command :SYST:COMM:HISL?

Long :SYSTem:COMMunicate:HISLip?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns the HiSLIP number used by the Soft Front Panel.

Example Query

:SYST:COMM:HISL?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 163

6 General Programming

6.5.7.3 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet[:PORT]?

Command :SYST:COMM:SOCK?

Long :SYSTem:COMMunicate:SOCKet?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns the socket port used by the Soft Front Panel.

Example Query

:SYST:COMM:SOCK?

6.5.7.4 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:TELNet[:PORT]?

Command :SYST:COMM:TELN?

Long :SYSTem:COMMunicate:TELNet?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns the telnet port used by the Soft Front Panel.

Example Query

:SYST:COMM:TELN?

164 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.5.7.5 :SYSTem:COMMunicate:TCPip:CONTrol?

Command :SYST:COMM:TCP:CONT?

Long :SYSTem:COMMunicate:TCPip:CONTrol?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns the port number of the control connection. You can use the control port to send control commands (for example “Device Clear”) to the instrument.

Example Query

:SYST:COMM:TCP:CONT?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 165

6 General Programming

6.6 Common Command List

6.6.1 *IDN?

Read the instrument’s identification string which contains four fields separated by commas. The first field is the manufacturer’s name, the second field is the model number, the third field is the serial number, and the fourth field is a revision code which contains four numbers separated dots and a fifth number separated by a dash:

Keysight Technologies, M8195A,<serial number>, x.x.x.x-h x.x.x.x= Soft Front Panel revision number, e.g. 2.0.0.0 h= Hardware revision number

6.6.2 *CLS

Clear the event register in all register groups. This command also clears the error queue and cancels a *OPC operation. It doesn’t clear the enable register.

6.6.3 *ESE

Enable bits in the Standard Event Status Register to be reported in the Status Byte.

The selected bits are summarized in the “Standard Event” bit (bit 5) of the Status

Byte Register. The *ESE? query returns a value which corresponds to the binaryweighted sum of all bits enabled decimal by the *ESE command. These bits are not cleared by a *CLS command. Value Range: 0–255.

6.6.4 ESR?

Query the Standard Event Status Register. Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by a *CLS (clear status) command or queried by this command. A query of this register returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of all bits set in the register.

6.6.5 *OPC

Set the “Operation Complete” bit (bit 0) in the Standard Event register after the previous commands have been completed.

166 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

6.6.6 *OPC?

6.6.7 *OPT?

6.6.8 *RST

6.6.9 *SRE[?]

General Programming 6

Return “1” to the output buffer after the previous commands have been completed.

Other commands cannot be executed until this command completes.

Read the installed options. The response consists of any number of fields separated by commas.

Reset instrument to its factory default state.

Enable bits in the Status Byte to generate a Service Request. To enable specific bits, you must write a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of the bits in the register. The selected bits are summarized in the “Master Summary” bit

(bit 6) of the Status Byte Register. If any of the selected bits change from “0” to “1”, a

Service Request signal is generated. The *SRE?

query returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of all bits enabled by the

*SRE

command.

6.6.10 *STB?

Query the summary (status byte condition) register in this register group. This command is similar to a Serial Poll but it is processed like any other instrument command. This command returns the same result as a Serial Poll but the “Master

Summary” bit (bit 6) is not cleared by the *STB? command.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 167

6 General Programming

6.6.11 *TST?

6.6.12 *LRN?

6.6.13 *WAI?

Execute Self Tests. If self-tests pass, a 0 is returned. A number lager than 0 indicates the number of failed tests.

To get actual messages, use

:TEST:TST?

Query the instrument and return a binary block of data containing the current settings (learn string). You can then send the string back to the instrument to restore this state later. For proper operation, do not modify the returned string before sending it to the instrument. Use

See :SYSTem:SET[?] .

:SYST:SET

to send the learn string.

Prevents the instrument from executing any further commands until the current command has finished executing.

168 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

6.7 Status Model

Introduction

General Programming 6

This section describes the structure of the SCPI status system used by the M8195A.

The status system records various conditions and states of the instrument in several register groups as shown on the following pages. Each of the register groups is made up of several low level registers called Condition registers, Event registers, and

Enable registers which control the action of specific bits within the register group.

These groups are explained below:

A condition register continuously monitors the state of the instrument. The bits in the condition register are updated in real time and the bits are not latched or buffered.

This is a read-only register and bits are not cleared when you read the register. A query of a condition register returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of all bits set in that register.

An event register latches the various events from changes in the condition register.

There is no buffering in this register; while an event bit is set, subsequent events corresponding to that bit are ignored. This is a read only register. Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by query command (such as

STAT:QUES:EVEN?

) or a

*CLS

(clear status) command. A query of this register returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of all bits set in that register.

An enable register defines which bits in the event register will be reported to the

Status Byte register group. You can write to or read from an enable register. A *CLS

(clear status) command will not clear the enable register but it does clear all bits in the event register. A

STAT:PRES

command clears all bits in the enable register. To enable bits in the enable register to be reported to the Status Byte register, you must write a decimal value which corresponds to the binary weighted sum of the corresponding bits.

Transition Filters are used to detect changes of the state in the condition register and set the corresponding bit in the event register. You can set transition filter bits to detect positive transitions (PTR), negative transitions (NTR) or both. Transition filters are read/write registers. They are not affected by

*CLS

.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 169

6 General Programming

170

Figure 61: Status register structure

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.7.1 :STATus:PRESet

Clears all status group event registers. Presets the status group enables PTR and

NTR registers as follows:

ENABle = 0x0000, PTR = 0xffff, NTR = 0x0000

6.7.2 Status Byte Register

The Status Byte summary register reports conditions from the other status registers.

Data that is waiting in the instrument’s output buffer is immediately reported on the

“Message Available” bit (bit 4) for example. Clearing an event register from one of the other register groups will clear the corresponding bits in the Status Byte condition register. Reading all messages from the output buffer, including any pending queries, will clear the “Message Available” bit. To set the enable register mask and generate an SRQ (service request), you must write a decimal value to the register using the

*SRE

command.

Table 22: Status byte register

Bit Number

0 Not used

1 Not used

2 Error Queue

3 Questionable Data

4 Message Available

5 Standard Event

6 Master Summary

7 Operational Data

16

32

64

128

2

4

8

Decimal Value

1

Definition

Not Used. Returns “0”

Not Used. Returns “0”

One or more errors are stored in the Error Queue

One or more bits are set in the Questionable Data Register (bits must be enabled)

Data is available in the instrument’s output buffer

One or more bits are set in the Standard Event Register

One or more bits are set in the Status Byte Register

One or more bits set in the Operation Data Register (bits must be enabled)

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 171

6 General Programming

6.7.3 Questionable Data Register Command Subsystem

The Questionable Data register group provides information about the quality or integrity of the instrument. Any or all of these conditions can be reported to the

Questionable Data summary bit through the enable register.

Table 23: Questionable data register

Bit Number

0 Voltage warning

1 Not used

2 Not used

3 Not used

4 Not used

5 Frequency warning

6 Not used

7 USB disconnected

8 Not used

9 Not used

10 Sequence Status

11 Not used

12 DUC Status

13 Not used

14 Not used

15 Not used

64

128

256

512

1024

2048

4096

8192

16384

32768

8

16

32

2

4

Decimal Value

1

Definition

Output has been switched off (to protect itself)

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Output signal is invalid, because of an instable or missing external reference clock.

Returns “0”

USB module connection state

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Sequence generation errors happened

Returns “0”

Amplitude has been clipped after DUC

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

172 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

The following commands access the questionable status group.

6.7.3.1 :STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

Reads the event register in the questionable status group. It’s a read-only register.

Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by this command or the *CLS command. A query of the register returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of all bits set in the register.

6.7.3.2 :STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?

Reads the condition register in the questionable status group. It’s a read-only register and bits are not cleared when you read the register. A query of the register returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of all bits set in the register.

6.7.3.3 :STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle[?]

Sets or queries the enable register in the questionable status group. The selected bits are then reported to the Status Byte. A

*CLS will not clear the enable register but it does clear all bits in the event register. To enable bits in the enable register, you must write a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of the bits you wish to enable in the register.

6.7.3.4 :STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition[?]

Sets or queries the negative-transition register in the questionable status group. A negative transition filter allows an event to be reported when a condition changes from true to false. Setting both positive/negative filters true allows an event to be reported anytime the condition changes. Clearing both filters disable event reporting.

The contents of transition filters are unchanged by *CLS and *RST.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 173

6 General Programming

6.7.3.5 :STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition[?]

Set or queries the positive-transition register in the questionable status group. A positive transition filter allows an event to be reported when a condition changes from false to true. Setting both positive/negative filters true allows an event to be reported anytime the condition changes. Clearing both filters disable event reporting.

The contents of transition filters are unchanged by *CLS and *RST.

6.7.4 Operation Status Subsystem

The Operation Status register contains conditions which are part of the instrument’s normal operation.

Table 24: Operation status register

Bit Number

0 Not used

1 Not used

2 Not used

3 Not used

4 Not used

5 Not used

6 Not used

7 Not used

8 Run Status

9 Not used

10 Not used

11 Not used

12 Not used

13 Not used

14 Not used

15 Not used

128

256

512

1024

2048

4096

8192

16384

32768

8

16

32

64

2

4

Decimal Value

1

Definition

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Indicates if system is running

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

Returns “0”

174 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

The following commands access the operation status group.

6.7.4.1 :STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?

Reads the event register in the operation status group. It’s a read-only register. Once a bit is set, it remains set until cleared by this command or *CLS command. A query of the register returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of all bits set in the register.

6.7.4.2 :STATus:OPERation:CONDition?

Reads the condition register in the operation status group. It’s a read-only register and bits are not cleared when you read the register. A query of the register returns a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of all bits set in the register.

6.7.4.3 :STATus:OPERation:ENABle[?]

Sets or queries the enable register in the operation status group. The selected bits are then reported to the Status Byte. A *CLS will not clear the enable register but it does clear all bits in the event register. To enable bits in the enable register, you must write a decimal value which corresponds to the binary-weighted sum of the bits you wish to enable in the register.

6.7.4.4 :STATus:OPERation:NTRansition[?]

Sets or queries the negative-transition register in the operation status group. A negative transition filter allows an event to be reported when a condition changes from true to false. Setting both positive/negative filters true allows an event to be reported anytime the condition changes. Clearing both filters disable event reporting.

The contents of transition filters are unchanged by

*CLS and

*RST

.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 175

6 General Programming

6.7.4.5 :STATus:OPERation:PTRansition[?]

Set or queries the positive-transition register in the operation status group. A positive transition filter allows an event to be reported when a condition changes from false to true. Setting both positive/negative filters true allows an event to be reported anytime the condition changes. Clearing both filters disable event reporting. The contents of transition filters are unchanged by *CLS and *RST.

6.7.5 Voltage Status Subsystem

The Voltage Status register contains the voltage conditions of the individual channels.

The following SCPI commands and queries are supported:

:STATus:QUEStionable:VOLTage[:EVENt]?

:STATus:QUEStionable:VOLTage:CONDition?

:STATus:QUEStionable:VOLTage:ENABle[?]

:STATus:QUEStionable:VOLTage:NTRansition[?]

:STATus:QUEStionable:VOLTage:PTRansition[?]

Table 25: Voltage status register

Bit Number

0 Voltage warning

1 Voltage warning

2 Voltage warning

3 Voltage warning

4 Amplitude clipped

5 Amplitude clipped

6 Amplitude clipped

7 Amplitude clipped

Decimal Value

1

2

4

8

16

32

64

128

Definition

Output 1 has been switched off (to protect itself)

Output 2 has been switched off (to protect itself)

Output 3 has been switched off (to protect itself)

Output 4 has been switched off (to protect itself)

The amplitude for output 1 has been clipped to the highest/lowest possible

DAC value.

The amplitude for output 2 has been clipped to the highest/lowest possible

DAC value.

The amplitude for output 3 has been clipped to the highest/lowest possible

DAC value.

The amplitude for output 4 has been clipped to the highest/lowest possible

DAC value.

176 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.7.6 Frequency Status Subsystem

The Frequency Status register contains the frequency conditions of the module.

The following SCPI commands and queries are supported:

:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?

:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?

:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle[?]

:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition[?]

:STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition[?]

Table 26: Frequency status register

Bit Number

0 Frequency warning

Decimal Value

1

Definition

Output signal is invalid, because of an instable or missing external reference clock.

6.7.7 Sequence Status Subsystem

The Sequence Status register is used to indicate errors in the sequence table data provided by the user.

The following SCPI commands and queries are supported:

:STATus:QUEStionable:SEQuence[:EVENt]?

:STATus:QUEStionable:SEQuence:CONDition?

:STATus:QUEStionable:SEQuence:ENABle[?]

:STATus:QUEStionable:SEQuence:NTRansition[?]

:STATus:QUEStionable:SEQuence:PTRansition[?]

Table 27: Sequence status register

Bit Number

0 Sequence data error

1 Sequence linear-playtime error

Decimal Value

1

2

Definition

Sequence has errors

Sequence has a linear-playtime error

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 177

6 General Programming

6.7.8 DUC Status Subsystem

The DUC Status register contains the conditions after up-conversion of an imported file for the individual channels.

The following SCPI commands and queries are supported:

:STATus:QUEStionable:DUC[:EVENt]?

:STATus:QUEStionable:DUC:CONDition?

:STATus:QUEStionable:DUC:ENABle[?]

:STATus:QUEStionable:DUC:NTRansition[?]

:STATus:QUEStionable:DUC:PTRansition[?]

Bit Number

0 DUC Amplitude clipped

1 DUC Amplitude clipped

2 DUC Amplitude clipped

3 DUC Amplitude clipped

2

4

8

Table 28: DUC status register

Decimal Value

1

Definition

The DUC amplitude for output 1 has been clipped to the highest/lowest possible DAC value.

The DUC amplitude for output 2 has been clipped to the highest/lowest possible DAC value.

The DUC amplitude for output 3 has been clipped to the highest/lowest possible DAC value.

The DUC amplitude for output 4 has been clipped to the highest/lowest possible DAC value.

6.7.9 Connection Status Subsystem

The Connection Status register contains the state of the USB connection to the

M8195A module.

The following SCPI commands and queries are supported:

:STATus:QUEStionable:CONNection[:EVENt]?

:STATus:QUEStionable:CONNection:CONDition?

:STATus:QUEStionable:CONNection:ENABle[?]

:STATus:QUEStionable:CONNection:NTRansition[?]

:STATus:QUEStionable:CONNection:PTRansition[?]

Bit Number

0 USB disconnected

Table 29: Connection status register

Decimal Value

1

Definition

USB module connection state

178 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.7.10 Run Status Subsystem

The Run Status register contains the run status conditions of the individual channels.

The following SCPI commands and queries are supported:

:STATus:OPERation:RUN[:EVENt]?

:STATus:OPERation:RUN:CONDition?

:STATus:OPERation:RUN:ENABle[?]

:STATus:OPERation:RUN:NTRansition[?]

:STATus:OPERation:RUN:PTRansition[?]

Table 30: Run status register

Bit Number

0 Run Status

1 Run Status

2 Run Status

3 Run Status

2

4

8

Decimal Value

1

Definition

Indicates if channel 1 is running

Indicates if channel 2 is running

Indicates if channel 3 is running

Indicates if channel 4 is running

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 179

6 General Programming

6.8 :ARM/TRIGger Subsystem

6.8.1 :ABORt[1|2|3|4]

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:ABOR[1|2|3|4]

:ABORt[1|2|3|4]

None

None

Stop signal generation on all channels. The channel suffix is ignored.

Command

:ABOR1

6.8.2 :ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:MDELay[?]

<module_delay>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :ARM:MDEL[?]

Long :ARM[:SEQuence][STARt][:LAYer]:MDELay[?]

Parameters {<delay> | MINimum | MAXimum}

Parameter Suffix [s|ms|us|ns|ps]

Description

Set or query the module delay settings (see section 1.5.3

) . The unit is in seconds.

Example Command

:ARM:MDEL 1E-13

Query

:ARM:MDEL?

180 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.8.3 ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:SDELay[1|2|3|4][?]

<delay>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :ARM:SDEL[?]

Long :ARM[:SEQuence][STARt][:LAYer]:SDELay[?]

Parameters {<delay> | MINimum | MAXimum}

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the channel-specific sample delay in integral DAC sample clock periods.

The range is 0..95

Example Command

:ARM:SDEL 10

Query

:ARM:SDEL?

6.8.4 :INITiate:CONTinuous:ENABle[?] SELF|ARMed

Command :INIT:CONT:ENAB[?]

Long :INITiate:CONTinuous:ENABle[?]

Parameters SELF|ARMed

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the arming mode.

Example Command

:INIT:CONT:ENAB SELF

Query

:INIT:CONT:ENAB?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 181

6 General Programming

6.8.5 :INITiate:CONTinous[:STATe][?] OFF|ON|0|1

Command :INIT:CONT:STAT[?]

Long :INITiate:CONTinuous:STATe[?]

Parameters OFF | ON | 0 | 1

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the continuous mode. This command must be used together with

INIT:GATE

to set the trigger mode.

 0/OFF – Continuous mode is off. If gate mode is off, the trigger mode is

“triggered”, else it is “gated”.

1/ON – Continuous mode is on. Trigger mode is “automatic”. The value of gate mode is not relevant.

Example Command

:INIT:CONT:STAT ON

Query

:INIT:CONT:STAT?

182 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.8.6 :INITiate:GATE[:STATe][?] OFF|ON|0|1

Command :INIT:GATE:STAT[?]

Long :INITiate:GATE:STATe[?]

Parameters OFF | ON | 0 | 1

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the gate mode. This command must be used together with INIT:CONT to set the trigger mode.

 0/OFF – Gate mode is off.

1/ON – Gate mode is on. If continuous mode is off, the trigger mode is

“gated”.

Example Command

:INIT:GATE:STAT ON

Query

:INIT:GATE:STAT?

Table 31: Trigger mode settings

1

1

INIT:CONT

0

0

0

1

INIT:GATE

0

1

Trigger Mode

Triggered

Gated

Continuous

Continuous

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 183

6 General Programming

6.8.7 :INITiate:IMMediate[1|2|3|4]

Command :INIT:IMM[1|2|3|4]

Long :INITiate:IMMediate[1|2|3|4]

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description Start signal generation on all channels. The channel suffix is ignored.

Example Command

:INIT:IMM

6.8.8 :ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:TRIGger:LEVel[?] <level>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :ARM:TRIG:LEV[?]

Long :ARM:TRIGger:LEVel[?]

Parameters <level>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the trigger input threshold level.

<level> – Threshold level voltage.

Example Command

:ARM:TRIG:LEV 3e-9

Query

:ARM:TRIG:LEV?

184 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.8.9 :ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:TRIGger:SLOPe[?] POSitive|NEGative|EITHer

Command :ARM:TRIG:SLOP[?]

Long :ARM:TRIGger:SLOPe[?]

Parameters POSitive|NEGative|EITHer

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the trigger input slope.

POSitive – rising edge

NEGative – falling edge

EITHer – both

Example Command

:ARM:TRIG:SLOP POS

Query

:ARM:TRIG:SLOP?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 185

6 General Programming

6.8.10 :ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:TRIGger:SOURce[?] TRIGger|EVENt|INTernal

Command

:ARM:TRIG:SOUR[?]

Long :ARM:TRIGger:SOURce[?]

Parameters TRIGger|EVENt|INTernal

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the source for the trigger function.

 TRIGger - trigger input

 EVENt - event input

INTernal – internal trigger generator

Example Command

:ARM:TRIG:SOUR TRIG

Query

:ARM:TRIG:SOUR?

6.8.11 :ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:TRIGger:FREQuency[?]

<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :ARM:TRIG:FREQ[?]

Long :ARM:TRIGger:FREQuency[?]

Parameters <frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the frequency of the internal trigger generator.

<frequency> – internal trigger frequency

Example Command

:ARM:TRIG:FREQ 1

Query

:ARM:TRIG:FREQ?

186 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.8.12 :ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:TRIGger:OPERation[?]

ASYNchronous|SYNChronous

Command :ARM:TRIG:OPER[?]

Long :ARM:TRIGger:OPERation[?]

Parameters ASYNchronous|SYNChronous

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the operation mode for the trigger and event input.

ASYNchronous – asynchronous operation (see section 1.5.2

)

SYNChronous – synchronous operation (see section 1.5.2

)

Example Command

:ARM:TRIG:OPER SYNC

Query

:ARM:TRIG:OPER?

6.8.13 :ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:EVENt:LEVel[?] <level>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :ARM:EVEN:LEV[?]

Long :ARM:EVENt:LEVel[?]

Parameters <level>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the input threshold level.

<level> – Threshold level voltage.

Example Command

:ARM:EVEN:LEV 2e-9

Query

:ARM:EVEN:LEV?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 187

6 General Programming

6.8.14 :ARM[:SEQuence][:STARt][:LAYer]:EVENt:SLOPe[?] POSitive|NEGative|EITHer

Command

:ARM:EVEN:SLOP[?]

Long :ARM:EVENt:SLOPe[?]

Parameters POSitive|NEGative|EITHer

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the event input slope.

 POSitive – rising edge

 NEGative – falling edge

EITHer – both

Example Command

:ARM:EVEN:SLOP POS

Query

:ARM:EVEN:SLOP?

6.8.15 :TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:SOURce:ENABle[?] TRIGger|EVENt

Command :TRIG:SOUR:ENAB[?]

Long :TRIGger:SOURce:ENABle[?]

Parameters TRIGger|EVENt

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the source for the enable event.

 TRIGger - trigger input

EVENt - event input

Example Command

:TRIG:SOUR:ENAB TRIG

Query

:TRIG:SOUR:ENAB?

188 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.8.16 :TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:ENABle:HWDisable[:STATe][?]

0|1|OFF|ON

Command :TRIG:ENAB:HWD[?]

Long :TRIGger:ENABle:HWDisable[?]

Parameters 0|1|OFF|ON

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the hardware input disable state for the enable function. When the hardware input is disabled, an enable event can only be generated using the

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:ENABle[:IMMediate] command. When the hardware input is enabled, an enable event can be generated by command or by a signal present at the trigger or event input.

Example Command

:TRIG:ENAB:HWD ON

Query

:TRIG:ENAB:HWD?

6.8.17 :TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:BEGin:HWDisable[:STATe][?]

0|1|OFF|ON

Command :TRIG:BEG:HWD[?]

Long

:TRIGger:BEGin:HWDisable[?]

Parameters 0|1|OFF|ON

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the hardware input disable state for the trigger function. When the hardware input is disabled, a trigger can only be generated using the

:TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:BEGin[:IMMediate] command. When the hardware input is enabled, a trigger can be generated by command, by a signal present at the trigger input or the internal trigger generator.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 189

6 General Programming

Example Command

:TRIG:BEG:HWD ON

Query

:TRIG:BEG:HWD?

6.8.18 :TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:ADVance:HWDisable[:STATe][?]

0|1|OFF|ON

Command :TRIG:ADV:HWD[?]

Long :TRIGger:ADVance:HWDisable[?]

Parameters 0|1|OFF|ON

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the hardware input disable state for the advancement function. When the hardware input is disabled, an advancement event can only be generated using the :TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:ADVance[:IMMediate] command. When the hardware input is enabled, an advancement event can be generated by command or by a signal present at the trigger or event input.

Example Command

:TRIG:ADV:HWD 0

Query

:TRIG:ADV:HWD?

190 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.9 :TRIGger - Trigger Input

6.9.1 :TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:SOURce:ADVance[?] TRIGger|EVENt|INTernal

Command :TRIG:SOUR:ADV[?]

Long :TRIGger:SOURce:ADVance[?]

Parameters TRIGger|EVENt|INTernal

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the source for the advancement event.

 TRIGger - trigger input

 EVENt - event input

INTernal – internal trigger generator

Example Command

:TRIG:SOUR:ADV TRIG

Query

:TRIG:SOUR:ADV?

6.9.2 :TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:ENABle[:IMMediate]

Command :TRIG:ENAB

Long :TRIGger:ENABle

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description Send the enable event to a channel.

Example Command

:TRIG:ENAB

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 191

6 General Programming

6.9.3 :TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:BEGin[:IMMediate]

Command

:TRIG:BEG

Long :TRIGger:BEGin

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description In triggered mode send the start/begin event to a channel.

Example Command

:TRIG:BEG

6.9.4 :TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:BEGin:GATE[:STATe][?] OFF|ON|0|1

Command :TRIG:BEG:GATE[?]

Long :TRIGger:BEGin:GATE[?]

Parameters OFF|ON|0|1

Parameter Suffix None

Description In gated mode send a “gate open” (ON|1) or “gate close” (OFF|0) to a channel.

Example Command

:TRIG:BEG:GATE ON

Query

:TRIG:BEG:GATE?

192 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

6.9.5 :TRIGger[:SEQuence][:STARt]:ADVance[:IMMediate]

Command

:TRIG:ADV

Long :TRIGger:ADVance

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description Send the advancement event to a channel.

Example Command

:TRIG:ADV

General Programming 6

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 193

6 General Programming

6.10 :FORMat Subsystem

6.10.1 :FORMat:BORDer NORMal|SWAPped

Command :FORM:BORD[?]

Long :FORMat:BORDer[?]

Parameters NORMal|SWAPped

Parameter Suffix None

Description Byte ORDer. Controls whether binary data is transferred in normal (“big endian”) or swapped (“little endian”) byte order. Affects [:SOURce]:STABle:DATA,

OUTPut:FILTer:FRATe, OUTPut:FILTer:HRATe and OUTPut:FILTer:QRATe.

Example Command

:FORM:BORD NORM

Query

:FORM:BORD?

194 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.11 :INSTrument Subsystem

6.11.1 :INSTrument:SLOT[:NUMBer]?

Command :INST:SLOT?

Long :INSTrument:SLOT?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description Query the instrument’s slot number in its AXIe frame.

Example Query

:INST:SLOT?

6.11.2 :INSTrument:IDENtify [<seconds>]

Command :INST:IDEN

Long :INSTrument:IDENtify

Parameters <seconds>

Parameter Suffix None

Description Identify the instrument by flashing the green “Access” LED on the front panel for a certain time.

 <seconds> - optional length of the flashing interval, default is 10 seconds.

Example Command

:INST:IDEN 5

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 195

6 General Programming

6.11.3 :INSTrument:IDENtify:STOP

Command :INST:IDEN:STOP

Long :INSTrument:IDENtify:STOP

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description Stop the flashing of the green “Access” LED before the flashing interval has elapsed.

Example Command

:INST:IDEN:STOP

6.11.4 :INSTrument: HWRevision?

Command :INST:HWR?

Long :INSTrument:HWRevision?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description Returns the M8195A hardware revision number.

Example Query

:INST:HWR?

196 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.11.5 :INSTrument:DACMode[?] SINGle|DUAL|FOUR|MARKer|DCDuplicate|DCMarker

Command :INST:DACM[?]

Long :INSTrument:DACMode[?]

Parameters SINGle|DUAL|FOUR|MARKer|DCDuplicate|DCMarker

 SINGle – Channel 1 can generate a signal

 DUAL – Channels 1 and 4 can generate a signal, channels 2 and 3 are unused

FOUR – Channels 1, 2, 3, and 4 can generate a signal

 MARKer – Channel 1 with two markers output on channel 3 and 4

 DCDuplicate – dual channel duplicate: Channels 1, 2, 3, and 4 can generate a signal. Channel 3 generates the same signal as channel 1. Channel 4 generates the same signal as channel 2.

DCMarker – dual channel with marker: Channels 1 and 2 can generate a signal. Channel 1 has two markers output on channel 3 and 4. Channel 2 can generate signals without markers.

Parameter Suffix None

Description Use this command or query to set or get the operation mode of the DAC. The value of the operation mode determines, to which channels waveforms can be transferred and the format of the waveform data. In operation mode SINGle, DUAL, DCDuplicate, or FOUR the data consists of 1-byte waveform samples only. In operation mode

MARKer or DCMarker the data loaded to channel 1 consists of interleaved 1-byte waveform and 1-byte marker samples (see section

:TRACe Subsystem ). In operation

mode DDUPlicate waveforms can only be loaded to channels 1 and 2.

Example Command

:INST:DACM DUAL

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 197

6 General Programming

6.11.6 :INSTrument:MEMory:EXTended:RDIVider [?] DIV1|DIV2|DIV4

Command

:INST:MEM:EXT:RDIV[?]

Long :INSTrument:MEMory:EXTended:RDIVider[?]

Parameters DIV1|DIV2|DIV4

 DIV1 – Memory sample rate is the DAC Sample Rate.

 DIV2 – Memory sample rate is the DAC Sample Rate divided by 2.

 DIV4 – Memory sample rate is the DAC Sample Rate divided by 4.

Parameter Suffix None

Description Use this command or query to set or get the Sample Rate Divider of the Extended

Memory. This value determines also the amount of available Extended Memory for

each channel (see section 1.5.5

).

Example Command

:INST:MEM:EXT:RDIV DIV4

Query

:INST:MEM:EXT:RDIV?

6.11.7 :INSTrument:MMODule:CONFig?

Command :INST:MMOD:CONF?

Long :INSTrument:MMODule:CONFig?

Parameters

None

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns the state of the multi-module configuration mode (0: disabled, 1: enabled).

Example Query

:INST:MMOD:CONF?

198 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.11.8 :INSTrument:MMODule:MODE?

Command

:INST:MMOD:MODE?

Long :INSTrument:MMODule:MODE?

Parameters

None

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns the multi-module mode.

 NORMal – Module does not belong to a multi-module group.

 SLAVe – Module is a slave in a multi-module group

Example Query

:INST:MMOD:MODE?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 199

6 General Programming

6.12 :MMEMory Subsystem

MMEM commands requiring <directory_name> assume the current directory if a relative path or no path is provided. If an absolute path is provided, then it is ignored.

6.12.1 :MMEMory:CATalog? [<directory_name>]

Command :MMEM:CAT?

Long :MMEMory:CATalog?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description Query disk usage information (drive capacity, free space available) and obtain a list of files and directories in a specified directory in the following format:

<numeric_value>,<numeric_value>,{<file_entry>}

This command returns two numeric parameters and as many strings as there are files and directories. The first parameter indicates the total amount of storage currently used in bytes. The second parameter indicates the total amount of storage available, also in bytes. The <file_entry> is a string. Each <file_entry> indicates the name, type, and size of one file in the directory list:

<file_name>,<file_type>,<file_size>

As the Windows file system has an extension that indicates file type, <file_type> is always empty. <file_size> provides the size of the file in bytes. In case of directories,

<file_entry> is surrounded by square brackets and both <file_type> and <file_size> are empty.

Example Query

:MMEM:CAT?

200 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.12.2 :MMEMory:CDIRectory [<directory_name>]

Command :MMEM:CDIR

Long :MMEMory:CDIRectory

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description Changes the default directory for a mass memory file system. The <directory_name> parameter is a string. If no parameter is specified, the directory is set to the *RST value. At *RST, this value is set to the default user data storage area, that is defined as System.Environment.SpecialFolder.Personal e.g. C:\Users\Name\Documents

MMEMory:CDIRectory?

— Query returns full path of the default directory.

Example Command

:MMEM:CDIR “C:\Users\Name\Documents”

Query

:MMEM:CDIR?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 201

6 General Programming

6.12.3 :MMEMory:COPY <string>,<string>[,<string>,<string>]

Command :MMEM:COPY

Long :MMEMory:COPY

Parameters <string>,<string>

Parameter Suffix None

Description Copies an existing file to a new file or an existing directory to a new directory. Two forms of parameters are allowed. The first form has two parameters. In this form, the first parameter specifies the source, and the second parameter specifies the destination.

The second form has four parameters. In this form, the first and third parameters specify the file names. The second and fourth parameters specify the directories. The first pair of parameters specifies the source. The second pair specifies the destination. An error is generated if the source doesn't exist or the destination file already exists.

Example Command

:MMEM:COPY "C:\data.txt", "C:\data_new.txt"

202 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.12.4 :MMEMory:DELete <file_name>[,<directory_name>]

Command :MMEM:DEL

Long :MMEMory:DELete

Parameters <file_name>

Parameter Suffix None

Description Removes a file from the specified directory. The <file_name> parameter specifies the file to be removed.

Example Command

:MMEM:DEL "C:\data.txt"

6.12.5 :MMEMory:DATA <file_name>, <data>

Command :MMEM:DATA

Long :MMEMory:DATA

Parameters <file_name>, <data>

Parameter Suffix None

Description The command form is MMEMory:DATA <file_name>,<data>. It loads <data> into the file <file_name>. <data> is in 488.2 block format. <file_name> is string data.

Example Command

:MMEM:DATA “C:\data.txt”, #14test

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 203

6 General Programming

6.12.6 :MMEMory:DATA? <file_name>

Command :MMEM:DATA?

Long :MMEMory:DATA?

Parameters <file_name>

Parameter Suffix None

Description The query form is MMEMory:DATA? <file_name> with the response being the associated <data> in block format.

Example Query

:MMEM:DATA? "C:\data.txt"

6.12.7 :MMEMory:MDIRectory <directory_name>

Command :MMEM:MDIR

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:MMEMory:MDIRectory

<directory_name>

None

Creates a new directory. The <directory_name> parameter specifies the name to be created.

Command

:MMEM:MDIR "C:\data_dir"

204 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.12.8 :MMEMory:MOVE <string>,<string>[,<string>,<string>]

Command :MMEM:MOVE

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:MMEMory:MOVE

<string>,<string>

None

Moves an existing file to a new file or an existing directory to a new directory. Two forms of parameters are allowed. The first form has two parameters. In this form, the first parameter specifies the source, and the second parameter specifies the destination.

The second form has four parameters. In this form, the first and third parameters specify the file names. The second and fourth parameters specify the directories. The first pair of parameters specifies the source. The second pair specifies the destination. An error is generated if the source doesn't exist or the destination file already exists.

Command

:MMEM:MOVE "C:\data_dir","C:\newdata_dir"

6.12.9 :MMEMory:RDIRectory <directory_name>

Command :MMEM:RDIR

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:MMEMory:RDIRectory

<directory_name >

None

Removes a directory. The <directory_name> parameter specifies the directory name to be removed. All files and directories under the specified directory are also removed.

Command

:MMEM:RDIR "C:\newdata_dir"

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 205

6 General Programming

6.12.10 :MMEMory:LOAD:CSTate <file_name>

Command :MMEM:LOAD:CST

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:MMEMory:LOAD:CSTate

<file_name >

None

Current state of instrument is loaded from a file.

Command

:MMEM:LOAD:CST "C:\data.txt"

6.12.11 :MMEMory:STORe:CSTate <file_name>

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:MMEM:STOR:CST

:MMEMory:STORe:CSTate

<file_name >

None

Current state of instrument is stored to a file.

Command

:MMEM:STOR:CST "C:\data.txt"

206 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.13 :OUTPut Subsystem

6.13.1 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4][:STATe][?] OFF|ON|0|1

Command :OUTP[?]

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:OUTPut[?]

OFF|ON|0|1

None

Switch the amplifier of the output path for a channel on or off.

Command

:OUTP ON

Query

:OUTP?

6.13.2 :OUTPut: ROSCillator:SOURce[?] INTernal|EXTernal|SCLK1|SCLK2

Command :OUTP:ROSC:SOUR[?]

Long :OUTPut:ROSCillator:SOURce[?]

Parameters INTernal|EXTernal|SCLK1|SCLK2

Parameter Suffix None

Description Select which signal source is routed to the reference clock output:

 INTernal: the module internal reference oscillator

 EXTernal: the external reference clock from REF CLK IN with two variable dividers

SCLK1: DAC sample clock with variable divider and variable delay

 SCLK2: DAC sample clock with fixed divider

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 207

6 General Programming

Example Command

:OUTP:ROSC:SOUR INT

Query

:OUTP:ROSC:SOUR?

6.13.3 :OUTPut: ROSCillator:SCD[?] <sample_clock_divider>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :OUTP:ROSC:SCD[?]

Long :OUTPut:ROSCillator:SCD[?]

Parameters sample_clock_divider|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the divider of the DAC sample clock signal routed to the reference clock output.

Example Command

:OUTP:ROSC:SCD 1

Query

:OUTP:ROSC:SCD?

6.13.4 :OUTPut: ROSCillator:RCD1[?] < reference_clock_divider1>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :OUTP:ROSC:RCD1[?]

Long :OUTPut:ROSCillator:RCD1[?]

Parameters reference_clock_divider1|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the first divider of the reference clock signal routed to the reference clock output.

Example Command

:OUTP:ROSC:RCD1 2

Query

:OUTP:ROSC:RCD1?

208 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.13.5 :OUTPut: ROSCillator:RCD2[?] <reference_clock_divider2>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :OUTP:ROSC:RCD2[?]

Long :OUTPut:ROSCillator:RCD2[?]

Parameters reference_clock_divider2|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the second divider of the external reference clock signal routed to the reference clock output.

Example Command

:OUTP:ROSC:RCD2 1

Query

:OUTP:ROSC:RCD2?

6.13.6 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:DIOFfset[?] <value>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :OUTP:DIOF[?]

Long :OUTPut:DIOFfset[?]

Parameters <value>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Differential Offset: The hardware can compensate for little offset differences between the normal and complement output. “<value>” is the offset to the calibrated optimum

DAC value, so the minimum and maximum depend on the result of the calibration. of

Example Command

:OUTP:DIOF MAX

Query

:OUTP:DIOF?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 209

6 General Programming

Value

< 0

0

> 0

Normal Output

Offset decreased

No offset

Offset increased

Table 32: Differential offset

Complement Output

Offset increased

Offset decreased

Due to the use of DAC values, the granularity is 1.

6.13.7 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:FRATe[:VALue][?]

Command :OUTP:FILT:FRAT[?]

Long :OUTPut:FILTer:FRATe[?]

Parameters <value0>, <value1>…<value15> |<block>

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or get the FIR filter coefficients for a channel to be used when the Sample Rate

Divider for the Extended Memory is 1. The number of coefficients is 16 and the values are doubles between -2 and 2. They can be given as a list of comma-separated values or as IEEE binary block data of doubles.

The coefficients can only be set using this command, when the predefined FIR filter type is set to USER.

O

Example Query:

OUTP:FILT:FRAT?

6.13.8 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:FRATe:TYPE[?] LOWPass|ZOH|USER

Command :OUTP:FILT:FRAT:TYPE[?]

Long :OUTPut:FILTer:FRATe:TYPE[?]

Parameters LOWPass|ZOH|USER

Parameter Suffix None

210 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

Description Set or get the predefined FIR filter type for a channel to be used when the Sample

Rate Divider for the Extended Memory is 1.

LOWPass – equiripple lowpass filter with a passband edge at 75% of

Nyquist

 ZOH – Zero-order hold filter

 USER – User-defined filter

The command form modifies the FIR filter coefficients according to the set filter type, except for type USER.

Example Command:

OUTP:FILT:FRAT:TYPE LOWP

6.13.9 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:FRATe:SCALe[?] <scale>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :OUTP:FILT:FRAT:SCAL[?]

Long :OUTPut:FILTer:FRATe:SCALe[?]

Parameters <scale>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or get the FIR filter scaling factor for a channel to be used when the Sample Rate

Divider for the Extended Memory is 1. The range is between 0 and 1.

Example Command:

OUTP:FILT:FRAT:SCAL 0.9

6.13.10 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:FRATe:DELay[?] <delay>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :OUTP:FILT:FRAT:DEL[?]

Long :OUTPut:FILTer:FRATe:DELay[?]

Parameters <delay>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix [s|ms|us|ns|ps]

Description Set or get the FIR filter delay for a channel to be used when the Sample Rate Divider for the Extended Memory is 1. The range is -50ps..+50ps. The delay value has only effect for filter type LOWPass.

The command form modifies the FIR filter coefficients according to the set delay value.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 211

6 General Programming

Example Command:

OUTP:FILT:FRAT:DEL 10ps

6.13.11 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:HRATe[:VALue] [?]

Command :OUTP:FILT:HRAT[?]

Long

:OUTPut:FILTer:HRATe[?]

Parameters <value0>, <value1>…<value31>|<block>

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or get the FIR filter coefficients for a channel to be used when the Sample Rate

Divider for the Extended Memory is 2. The number of coefficients is 32 and the values are doubles between -2 and 2. They can be given as a list of comma-separated values or as IEEE binary block data of doubles.

The coefficients can only be set, when the predefined FIR filter type is set to USER.

Example Query:

OUTP:FILT:HRAT?

6.13.12 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:HRATe:TYPE[?] NYQuist|LINear|ZOH|USER

Command :OUTP:FILT:HRAT:TYPE[?]

Long :OUTPut:FILTer:HRATe:TYPE[?]

Parameters NYQuist|LINear|ZOH|USER

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or get the predefined FIR filter type for a channel to be used when the Sample

Rate Divider for the Extended Memory is 2.

 NYQuist – Nyquist filter (half-band filter) with rolloff factor 0.2

 LINear – Linear interpolation filter

 ZOH – Zero-order hold filter

 USER – User-defined filter

The command form modifies the FIR filter coefficients according to the set filter type, except for type USER.

212 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

Example Command:

OUTP:FILT:HRAT:TYPE NYQ

6.13.13 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:HRATe:SCALe[?] <scale>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command

: OUTP:FILT:HRAT:SCAL[?]

Long : OUTPut:FILTer:HRATe:SCALe[?]

Parameters <scale>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or get the FIR filter scaling factor for a channel to be used when the Sample Rate

Divider for the Extended Memory is 2. The range is between 0 and 1.

Example Command:

OUTP:FILT:HRAT:SCAL 0.9

6.13.14 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:HRATe:DELay[?] <delay>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :OUTP:FILT:HRAT:DEL[?]

Long :OUTPut:FILTer:HRATe:DELay[?]

Parameters <delay>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix [s|ms|us|ns|ps]

Description Set or get the FIR filter delay for a channel to be used when the Sample Rate Divider for the Extended Memory is 2. The range is -100ps..+100ps. The delay value has only effect for filter types NYQuist and LINear.

The command form modifies the FIR filter coefficients according to the set delay value.

Example Command:

OUTP:FILT:HRAT:DEL 10ps

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 213

6 General Programming

6.13.15 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:QRATe[:VALue] [?]

Command

:OUTP:FILT:QRAT[?]

Long :OUTPut:FILTer:QRATe[?]

Parameters <value0>, <value1>…<value63>|<block>

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or get the FIR filter coefficients for a channel to be used when the Sample Rate

Divider for the Extended Memory is 4. The number of coefficients is 64 and the values are doubles between -2 and 2. They can be given as a list of comma-separated values or as IEEE binary block data of doubles.

The coefficients can only be set, when the predefined FIR filter type is set to USER.

Example Query:

OUTP:FILT:QRAT?

6.13.16 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:QRATe:TYPE[?] NYQuist|LINear|ZOH|USER

Command :OUTP:FILT:QRAT:TYPE[?]

Long :OUTPut:FILTer:QRATe:TYPE[?]

Parameters NYQuist|LINear|ZOH|USER

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or get the predefined FIR filter type for a channel to be used when the Sample

Rate Divider for the Extended Memory is 4.

 NYQuist – Nyquist filter (quarter-band filter) with rolloff factor 0.2

 LINear – Linear interpolation filter

 ZOH – Zero-order hold filter

 USER – User-defined filter

The command form modifies the FIR filter coefficients according to the set filter type, except for type USER.

Example Command:

OUTP:FILT:QRAT:TYPE NYQ

214 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.13.17 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:QRATe:SCALe[?] <scale>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :OUTP:FILT:QRAT:SCAL[?]

Long :OUTPut:FILTer:QRATe:SCALe[?]

Parameters <scale>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or get the FIR filter scaling factor for a channel to be used when the Sample Rate

Divider for the Extended Memory is 4. The range is between 0 and 1.

Example Command:

OUTP:FILT:QRAT:SCAL 0.9

6.13.18 :OUTPut[1|2|3|4]:FILTer:QRATe:DELay[?] <delay>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :OUTP:FILT:QRAT:DEL[?]

Long :OUTPut:FILTer:QRATe:DELay[?]

Parameters <delay>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix [s|ms|us|ns|ps]

Description Set or get the FIR filter delay for a channel to be used when the Sample Rate Divider for the Extended Memory is 4. The range is -200ps..+200ps. The delay value has only effect for filter types NYQuist and LINear.

The command form modifies the FIR filter coefficients according to the set delay value.

Example Command:

OUTP:FILT:QRAT:DEL 10ps

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 215

6 General Programming

6.14 Sampling Frequency Commands

6.14.1 [:SOURce]:FREQuency:RASTer[?] <frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:FREQ:RAST[?]

:FREQuency:RASTer[?]

<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum

None

Set or query the sample frequency of the output DAC. of

Command

:FREQ:RAST MIN

Query

:FREQ:RAST?

216 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.15 Reference Oscillator Commands

6.15.1 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:SOURce[?] EXTernal|AXI|INTernal

Command :ROSC:SOUR[?]

Long :ROSCillator:SOURce[?]

Parameters EXTernal|AXI|INTernal

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the reference clock source.

 EXTernal: reference is taken from REF CLK IN.

 AXI: reference is taken from AXI backplane.

 INTernal: reference is taken from module internal reference oscillator. May not be available with every hardware.

Command not supported with Revision 1 hardware.

Example Command

:ROSC:SOUR AXI

Query

:ROSC:SOUR?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 217

6 General Programming

6.15.2 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:SOURce:CHECk? EXTernal|AXI|INTernal

Command

:ROSC:SOUR:CHEC?

Long :ROSCillator:SOURce:CHECk?

Parameters EXTernal|AXI|INTernal

Parameter Suffix None

Description Check if a reference clock source is available. Returns 1 if it is available and 0 if not.

Example Query

:ROSC:SOUR:CHEC? AXI

6.15.3 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:FREQuency[?] <frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :ROSC:FREQ[?]

Long :ROSCillator:FREQuency[?]

Parameters <frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the expected reference clock frequency, if the external reference clock source is selected.

Example Command

:ROSC:FREQ MIN

Query

:ROSC:FREQ?

218 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.15.4 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:RANGe[?] RANG1| RANG2

Command

:ROSC:RANG[?]

Long :ROSCillator:RANGe[?]

Parameters RANG1| RANG2

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the reference clock frequency range, if the external reference clock source is selected.

 RANG1: 10…300 MHz

RANG2: 210MHz…17GHz

Example Command

:ROSC:RANG RANG1

Query

:ROSC:RANG?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 219

6 General Programming

6.15.5 [:SOURce]:ROSCillator:RNG1|RNG2:FREQuency[?]

<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :ROSC:RNG1|RNG2:FREQ[?]

Long :ROSCillator:RNG1|RNG2:FREQuency[?]

Parameters <frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the reference clock frequency for a specific reference clock range.

Current range remains unchanged.

RNG1: 10…300 MHz

RNG2: 210MHz…17GHz

Example Command

:ROSC:RNG1:FREQ MIN

Query

:ROSC:RNG1:FREQ?

220 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

6.16 :VOLTage Subsystem

Set the output voltages for a channel.

6.16.1 [:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2|3|4][:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude][?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:VOLT[?]

:VOLTage[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum

None

Set or query the output amplitude.

Command

:VOLT 0.685

Query

:VOLT?

General Programming 6

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 221

6 General Programming

6.16.2 [:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2|3|4][:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :VOLT:OFFS[?]

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:VOLTage:OFFSet[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum

None

Set or query the output offset.

Command

:VOLT:OFFS 0.02

Query

:VOLT:OFFS?

6.16.3 [:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2|3|4][:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command

Long

:VOLT:HIGH[?]

:VOLTage:HIGH[?]

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum

None

Set or query the output high level.

Command

:VOLT:HIGH 3e-1

Query

:VOLT:HIGH?

222 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

6.16.4 [:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2|3|4][:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

:VOLT:LOW[?]

:VOLTage:LOW[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum

None

Description

Example

Set or query the output low level.

Command

:VOLT:LOW -0.3

Query

:VOLT:LOW?

6.16.5 [:SOURce]:VOLTage[1|2|3|4][:LEVel][:IMMediate]:TERMination[?]

<level>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :VOLT:TERM[?]

Long :VOLTage:TERMination[?]

Parameters <level>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the termination voltage level.

Example Command

:VOLT:TERM 0.3

Query

:VOLT:TERM?

General Programming 6

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 223

6 General Programming

6.17 [:SOURce]:FUNCtion:MODE ARBitrary|STSequence|STSCenario

Command

:FUNC:MODE[?]

Long :FUNCtion:MODE[?]

Parameters ARBitrary|STSequence|STSCenario

Parameter Suffix None

Description Use this command to set or query the type of waveform that will be generated on the channels that use the extended memory.

 ARBitrary – arbitrary waveform segment

STSequence – sequence

 STSCenario – scenario

The channels that use internal memory are always in ARBitrary mode.

Example Command

:FUNC:MODE ARB

Query

:FUNC:MODE?

224 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.18 :STABle Subsystem

Use the Sequence Table subsystem to prepare the instrument for sequence and scenario generation. The Sequencing capabilities can only be used by the channels sourced from Extended Memory. These channels share a common Sequence Table and execute the same sequence or scenario. The channels sourced from Internal

Memory play only one waveform.

Follow these steps for all function modes:

First create waveform data segments in the module memory like described in the “Arbitrary Waveform Generation” paragraph of the “TRACe subsystem”.

Create sequence table entries that refer to the waveform segments using the STAB:DATA command.

6.18.1 [:SOURce]:STABle:RESet

Command :STAB:RES

Long :STABle:RESet

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description Reset all sequence table entries to default values.

Example Command

:STAB:RES

6.18.2 [:SOURce]:STABle:DATA[?]

<sequence_table_index>,(<length>|<block>|<value>,<value>…)

Command :STAB:DATA[?]

Long :STABle:DATA[?]

Parameters <sequence_table_index>,(<length>|<block>|<value>,<value>…)

Parameter Suffix None

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 225

Example

226

6 General Programming

Description The command form writes directly into the sequencer memory. The query form reads the data from the sequencer memory, if all segments are read-write. The query returns an error, if at least one write-only segment in the waveform memory exists.

Reading is only possible, when the signal generation is stopped. Writing is possible, when signal generation is stopped or when signal generation is started in dynamic mode.

The sequencer memory has 16777215 (16M – 1) entries. With this command entries can be directly manipulated using 6 32-bit words per entry. Individual entries or multiple entries at once can be manipulated. The data can be given in IEEE binary block format or in comma-separated list of 32-bit values.

<sequence_table_index> – index of the sequence table entry to be accessed

<length> - number of entries to be read

<block>– multiple sequence vectors, each consisting of 6 32-bit parameter values

<value>– a 32-bit parameter value; the meaning depends on the type of sequence entry to be created and on the index position for an entry, see following tables.

Command using comma separated parameter:

// Data Entry:

[:SOURce]:STABle:DATA

<sequence_id>,<control_parameter>,<sequence_loop><segment_loop><segment_id

>,<start_address>,<end_address>

Example:

// Create a data entry at index 0 of the sequence table.

// Mark as start of sequence (control parameter = 0x10000000 = 268435456)

// sequence loop count = 1, segment loop count = 2, segment id = 1,

// segment start offset is 0, segment end offset is equal to the end of the segment.

:STAB:DATA 0, 268435456,1,2,1,0, #hFFFFFFFF

// Idle entry

[:SOURce]:STABle:DATA

<sequence_id>,<control_parameter>,<sequence_loop><commandcode><idel_sample>,<idle_delay>,<0>

Example:

// Create an idle delay entry at index 0 of the sequence table.

// Mark as command (control_parameter = 0x80000000 = 2147483648),

// sequence loop count = 1, command code = 0, idle sample = 0, idle delay = 960

:STAB:DATA 0, 2147483648,1,0,0,960,0

Using Data block:

[:SOURce]:STABle:DATA <sequence_id>,<data_block>

:STAB:DATA 0, <data_block>

Query

[:SOURce]:STABle:DATA? <sequence_id>,<length>

:STAB:DATA? 0, 6

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

The sequence table can contain data and idle delay entries. The following table shows which parameters are needed to create the different entry types.

4

5

2

3

Parameter Index

0

1

Table 33: Sequencer table entries

Data Entry

Control

Sequence Loop Count

Segment Loop Count

Segment Id

Segment Start Offset

Segment End Offset

Idle Delay Entry

Control

Sequence Loop Count

Command Code

Idle Sample

Idle Delay

0

The following tables show the meaning of the parameters and the applicability per sequence entry type. Bits marked as “Reserved” or “N/A” must be set to 0.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 227

6 General Programming

Bit

31

Width

1

Table 34: Control

Meaning

Data/command selection

0: Data

1: Command (type of command is selected by command code)

30

29

28

27:25

24

23:20

1

3

1

1

1

4

19:16

11:0

4

12

End Marker Sequence

End Marker Scenario

Init Marker Sequence

Reserved

Marker Enable

Advancement Mode Sequence

0: Auto

1: Conditional

2: Repeat

3: Single

4 – 15: Reserved

Advancement Mode Segment

0: Auto

1: Conditional

2: Repeat

3: Single

4 – 15: Reserved

Reserved

Data

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Bit

31:0

Width

32

Table 35: Sequence loop count

Meaning

Number of sequence iterations (1..4G-1), only applicable in the first entry of a sequence

Data

X

Idle

X

Idle

X

X

X

X

X

N/A

X

N/A

X

Bit

31:0

Width

32

Table 36: Segment loop count

Meaning

Number of segment iterations (1..4G-1)

Data

X

Idle

N/A

228 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Bit

31:25

24:0

Width

7

25

Meaning

Reserved

Segment id (1 .. 16M)

Table 37: Segment Id

Data

X

X

Idle

N/A

N/A

Bit

31:0

Width

32

Table 38: Segment start offset

Meaning

Allows specifying a segment start address in samples, if only part of a segment loaded into waveform data memory is to be used. The value must be a multiple of twice the granularity of the selected waveform output mode.

Data

X

Idle

N/A

Table 39: Segment end offset

Segment End Offset

Bit Width

31:0 32

Meaning

Allows specifying a segment end address in samples, if only part of a segment loaded into waveform data memory is to be used. The value must obey the granularity of the selected waveform output mode. You can use the value ffffffff, if the segment end address equals the last sample in the segment.

Data

X

Idle

N/A

Table 40: Command code

Command Code

Bit Width

31:16 16

15:0 16

Meaning

Reserved

Command code

0: Idle Delay

Data

N/A

N/A

Idle

X

X

Table 41: Idle sample

Idle Sample

Bit Width

31:8

7:0

24

8

Meaning

Reserved

Sample to be played during pause. Bits 7:0 contain the DAC value.

Data

N/A

N/A

Idle

X

X

General Programming 6

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 229

6 General Programming

Table 42: Idle delay

Idle Delay

Bit

31:0

Width

32

1

2

4

Meaning

Idle delay in Waveform Sample Clocks.

Sample Rate Divider Min

10*256

10*128

10*64

Max

(2 24 -1)*256+255

(2 24 -1)*128+127

(2 24 -1)*64+63

Data

N/A

Idle

X

Example:

// Create a data entry at index 0 of the sequence table.

// Mark as start of sequence (control parameter = 0x10000000 = 268435456),

// sequence loop count = 1, segment loop count = 2, segment id = 3,

// segment start offset is 240; segment end offset is equal to the end of the segment.

STAB:DATA 0, 268435456,1,2,3,240, #hffffffff

// Create an idle delay entry at index 0 of the sequence table.

// Mark as command (control parameter = 0x80000000 = 2147483648),

// sequence loop count = 1, command code = 0, idle sample = 0,

// idle delay = 2560 Waveform Sample Clocks, last parameter word is unused.

STAB:DATA 0, 2147483648,1,0,0,2560,0

230 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.18.3 [:SOURce]:STABle:DATA:BLOCk? <sequence_table_index>,<length>

Command :STAB:DATA:BLOC?

Long :STABle:DATA:BLOCk?

Parameters <sequence_table_index>,<length>

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns the same data as the “:STAB:DATA?” query, but in IEEE binary block format.

 <sequence_table_index> – index of the sequence table entry to be accessed

 <length> - number of entries to be read

Example Query

[:SOURce]:STABle:DATA:BLOC? <sequence_id>,<length>

:STAB:DATA:BLOC? 0, 6

6.18.4 [:SOURce]:STABle:SEQuence:SELect[?]

<sequence_table_index>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :STAB:SEQ:SEL[?]

Long :STABle:SEQuence:SELect[?]

Parameters <sequence_table_index>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Select where in the sequence table the sequence starts in STSequence mode. In dynamic sequence selection mode select the sequence that is played before the first sequence is dynamically selected.

Example Command

:STAB:SEQ:SEL 0

Query

:STAB:SEQ:SEL?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 231

6 General Programming

6.18.5 [:SOURce]:STABle:SEQuence:STATe?

Command :STAB:SEQ:STAT?

Long :STABle:SEQuence:STATe?

Parameters None

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns an integer value containing the sequence execution state and the currently executed sequence table entry

Table 43: Returned sequence state

Bit Width Meaning

31:27

26:25

24:0

5

2

25

Reserved

Sequence execution state

0: Idle

1: Waiting for Trigger

2: Running

3: Waiting for Advancement Event

Index of currently executed sequence table entry. In Idle state the value is undefined.

Example Query

:STAB:SEQ:STAT?

232 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.18.6 [:SOURce]:STABle:DYNamic:[STATe][?] OFF|ON|0|1

Command :STAB:DYN[?]

Long :STABle:DYNamic[?]

Parameters OFF | ON | 0 | 1

Parameter Suffix None

Description Use this command to enable or disable dynamic mode.

If dynamic mode is switched off, segments or sequences can only be switched in program mode, that is signal generation must be stopped. In arbitrary mode use

TRACe[1|2|3|4]:SELect to switch to a new segment. In sequence mode use

[:SOURce]:STABle:SEQuence:SELect to switch to a new sequence.

If dynamic mode is switched on, segments or sequences can be switched dynamically when signal generation is active. The next segment or sequence is either selected by the command [:SOURce]:STABle:DYNamic:SELect or by a signal fed into the dynamic port of the M8197 module. The external input values select sequence table entries with corresponding indices.

Example Command

:STAB:DYN 0

Query

:STAB:DYN?

6.18.7 [:SOURce]:STABle:DYNamic:SELect

<sequence_table_index>

Command :STAB:DYN:SEL

Long :STABle:DYNamic:SELect

Parameters <sequence_table_index>

Parameter Suffix None

Description When the dynamic mode for segments or sequences is active, set the sequence table entry to be executed next..

Example Command

:STAB:DYN:SEL 0

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 233

6 General Programming

6.18.8 [:SOURce]:STABle:SCENario:SELect[?]

<sequence_table_index>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :STAB:SCEN:SEL[?]

Long :STABle:SCENario:SELect[?]

Parameters <sequence_table_index>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Select where in the sequence table the scenario starts in STSCenario mode.

Example Command

:STAB:SCEN:SEL 0

Query

:STAB:SCEN:SEL?

6.18.9 [:SOURce]:STABle:SCENario:ADVance[?] AUTO|CONDitional|REPeat|SINGle

Command :STAB:SCEN:ADV[?]

Long

:STABle:SCENario:ADVance[?]

Parameters AUTO | COND | REP | SING

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the advancement mode for scenarios.

Example Command

:STAB:SCEN:ADV AUTO

Query

:STAB:SCEN:ADV?

234 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.18.10 [:SOURce]:STABle:SCENario:COUNt[?] <count>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :STAB:SCEN:COUN[?]

Long :STABle:SCENario:COUNt[?]

Parameters <count>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the loop count for scenarios.

<count> – 1..4G-1: number of times the scenario is repeated.

Example Command

:STAB:SCEN:COUN 2

Query

:STAB:SCEN:COUN?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 235

6 General Programming

6.19 Frequency and Phase Response Data Access

6.19.1 [:SOURce]: CHARacteris[1|2|3|4][:VALue]? [<amplitude>[,<sample_frequency>]]

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:CHAR?

:CHARacteris?

None

 <amplitude> the output amplitude

 <sample_frequency> the sample frequency

Query the frequency and phase response data for a channel. The query returns the data for the AWG sample frequency and output amplitude passed as parameters as a string of comma-separated values. If the sample frequency or both parameters are omitted, the currently configured AWG sample frequency and output amplitude are used.

The frequency and phase response includes the sin x/ x roll-off of the currently configured AWG sample frequency. As a result the query delivers different results when performed at e.g. 60GSa/s or 65 GSa/s.

To achieve optimum frequency and phase compensation results, the frequency and phase response has been characterized individually per channel and for different output amplitudes. As a result, the query delivers different results when performed at e.g. 500 mV or 800 mV.

The frequency and phase response refers to the 2.92 mm connector. In case external cables from the 2.92 mm connector to the Device Under Test (DUT) shall be mathematically compensated for as well, the corresponding S-Parameter of that cable must be taken into account separately.

Format: The first three values are output frequency 1 in Hz, corresponding relative magnitude in linear scale, corresponding phase in radians. The next three values are output frequency 2, corresponding relative magnitude, corresponding phase, and so on.

Query

:CHAR2?

"0,1.01068,0,

1e+008,1.00135,-6.11215e-005,

2e+008,0.993992,-0.000179762,

...

3.19e+010,0.0705237,-3.82659,

3.2e+010,0.0665947,-3.85028"

236 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.20 CARRier Subsystem

6.20.1 [:SOURce]:CARRier[1|2|3|4]:FREQuency[?]

<frequency>|MIN|MAX|DEFault

Command CARR:FREQ[?]

Long :CARRier:FREQuency[?]

Parameters <frequency>

Parameter Suffix Hz

Description Set or query the carrier frequency used for the import of files of type LICensed.

Example Command

:CARR1:FREQ 1e9

Sets the carrier frequency to 1.0 GHz.

Query

:CARR1:FREQ?

6.20.2 [:SOURce]:CARRier[1|2|3|4]:SCALe[?] <scale>|MIN|MAX|DEFault

Command CARR:SCAL[?]

Long :CARRier:SCALe[?]

Parameters <scale> | MIN | MAX | DEF

Parameter Suffix None

Description Set or query the amplitude scale used for the import of files of type LICensed. The amplitude scale is applied to the samples after up-conversion before they are written to the AWG memory.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 237

6 General Programming

Example Command

:CARR1:SCAL 0.9

Sets the carrier amplitude scale to 0.9.

Query

:CARR1:SCAL?

238 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.21 :TRACe Subsystem

Use the :TRACe subsystem to control the arbitrary waveforms and their respective parameters:

 Create waveform segments of arbitrary size with optional initialization.

Download waveform data with or without marker data into the segments.

Delete one or all waveform segments from the waveform memory.

6.21.1 Waveform Data Format

In the data formats shown below the fields have the following meanings:

DB7…DB0 - Sample as signed 8-bit value, valid range is -128 to +127.

M1, M2 – Marker bits for Marker 1 and 2 to be output on channel 3 and 4, respectively.

Table 44: Sample data format without markers

7

DB7

DB7

DB7

6

DB6

DB6

DB6

5

DB5

DB5

DB5

4

DB4

DB4

DB4

3

DB3

DB3

DB3

2

DB2

DB2

DB2

1

DB1

DB1

DB1

0

DB0

DB0

DB0

7

DB7

X

DB7

X

DB7

X

6

DB6

X

DB6

X

DB6

X

Table 45: Sample data format with markers

5

DB5

X

DB5

X

DB5

X

4

DB4

X

DB4

X

DB4

X

3

DB3

X

DB3

X

DB3

X

2

DB2

X

DB2

X

DB2

X

1

DB1

M2

DB1

M2

DB1

M2

0

DB0

M1

DB0

M1

DB0

M1

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 239

6 General Programming

6.21.2 Arbitrary Waveform Generation

To prepare your module for arbitrary waveform generation follow these steps:

 Set Instrument Mode (number of channels), Memory Sample Rate Divider, and memory usage of the channels (Internal/Extended).

Define a segment using the various forms of the o

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF command.

 Fill the segment with sample values using o

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DATA.

Signal generation starts after calling INIT:IMM.

Use the :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:CAT? query to read the length of a waveform loaded into the memory of a channel. Use the :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEL:ALL command to delete a waveform from the memory of a channel.

6.21.3 TRACe[1|2|3|4]:MMODe[?]

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:MMOD[?]

Long :TRACe[1|2|3|4]:MMODe[?]

Parameters INTernal|EXTended

 INTernal – the channel uses Internal Memory

 EXTended – the channel uses Extended Memory

 NONE – the channel is not used in this configuration (query only)

Parameter Suffix None

Description Use this command or query to set or get the source of the waveform samples for a channel. There are dependencies between this parameter, the same parameter for other channels, the memory sample rate divider and the instrument mode (number of

channels). The tables in section 1.5.5

show the available combinations. It is

recommended to set these parameters in one transaction. The value of this parameter for each channel determines the target (Internal/Extended Memory) of the waveform transfer operation using the TRAC:DATA command.

Example Command

Set 2-channel instrument mode, memory sample rate divider = 2, channels 1 and 4 use the extended memory. Channels 2 and 3 are not used in this configuration.

:INST:DACM DUAL;:INST:MEM:EXT:RDIV DIV2;:TRAC1:MMOD

EXT;:TRAC4:MMOD EXT

240 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.21.4 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF

Command

Long

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:DEFine

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

<segment_id>,<length>[,<init_value>]

 <segment_id > – id of the segment

 <length> – length of the segment in samples, marker samples do not count

<init_value> – optional initialization DAC value

None

Use this command to define the size of a waveform memory segment. If <init_value> is specified, all values in the segment are initialized. If not specified, memory is only allocated but not initialized.

If the channel is sourced from Extended Memory, the same segment is defined on all other channels sourced from Extended Memory.

Commands

Define a segment with id 1 and length 1280 samples on channel 1. Initialize all samples to 0.

TRAC1:DEF 1,1280,0

6.21.5 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF:NEW?

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF:NEW?

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:DEFine:NEW?

<length> [,<init_value>]

 <length> – length of the segment in samples, marker samples do not count

<init_value> – optional initialization DAC value

None

Use this query to define the size of a waveform memory segment. If <init_value> is specified, all values in the segment are initialized. If not specified, memory is only allocated but not initialized. If the query was successful, a new <segment_id> will be returned.

If the channel is sourced from Extended Memory, the same segment is defined on all other channels sourced from Extended Memory.

Query

Define a segment of length 1280 samples on channel 1. Returns the segment id.

TRAC1:DEF:NEW? 1280

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 241

6 General Programming

6.21.6 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF:WONL

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF:WONL

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:DEFine:WONLy

<segment_id>,<length>[,<init_value>]

< segment_id > – id of the segment

 <length> – length of the segment in samples, marker samples do not count

 <init_value> – optional initialization DAC value.

None

Use this command to define the size of a waveform memory segment. If <init_value> is specified, all values in the segment are initialized. If not specified, memory is only allocated but not initialized. The segment will be flagged write-only, so it cannot be read back or stored.

If the channel is sourced from Extended Memory, the same segment is defined on all other channels sourced from Extended Memory.

Command

Define a write-only segment with id 1 and length 1280 samples on channel 1.

:TRAC1:DEF:WONL 1,1280

6.21.7 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF:WONL:NEW?

Command

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEF:WONL:NEW?

Long :TRACe[1|2|3|4]:DEFine:WONLy:NEW?

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

None

 <length>[,<init_value>]

 <length> – length of the segment in samples, marker samples do not count

<init_value> – optional initialization DAC value

Use this query to define the size of a waveform memory segment. If <init_value> is specified, all sample values in the segment are initialized. If not specified, memory is only allocated but not initialized. If the query was successful, a new <segment_id> will be returned. The segment will be flagged write-only, so it cannot be read back or stored.

If the channel is sourced from Extended Memory, the same segment is defined on all other channels sourced from Extended Memory.

242 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

Example Query

Define a write-only segment with length 1280 samples on channel 1.

Returns the segment Id.

:TRAC1:DEF:WONL:NEW? 1280

6.21.8 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DATA[?]

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DATA[?]

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:DATA[?]

<segment_id>,<offset>,(<length>|<block>|<numeric_values>)

< segment_id > – id of the segment

 <offset> - offset from segment start in samples (marker samples do not count) to allow splitting the transfer in smaller portions

 <length> - number of samples to read in the query case

 <block> - waveform data samples in the data format described above in

IEEE binary block format

 <numeric_values> - waveform data samples in the data format described above in comma separated list format

None

Use this command to load waveform data into the module memory. If <segment_id> is already filled with data, the new values overwrite the current values. If length is exceeded error -223 (too much data) is reported.

Reading is only possible, when the signal generation is stopped. Writing is possible, when signal generation is stopped or when signal generation is started in dynamic mode.

The target (Internal/Extended Memory) of the waveform transfer is given by the value set by the TRAC:MMOD command for the channel. The data format (wavefoirm samples only or interleaved waveform and marker samples) is given by the DAC

Mode set by the INST:DACM command.

When transferring data to Extended Memory, the parameter <offset> must contain a value corresponding to an even number of memory vectors. The number of samples in a memory vector equals the waveform memory granularity. This limitation does not exist for transferring data to Internal Memory.

This SCPI has the following syntax for command/query:

Command

:TRACe[1|2|3|4][:DATA]

<segment_id>,<offset>,(<block>|<numeric_values>)

Query

:TRACe[1|2|3|4][:DATA][?]

<segment_id>,<offset>,<length>

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 243

6 General Programming

Example Command

Load data consisting of 1280 samples (waveform data samples only) as commaseparated list into previously defined segment 1 starting at sample offset 0.

:TRAC1:DATA 1,0,0,1,2,…,1279

Load data consisting of 1280 waveform data samples and same number of marker samples (interleaved waveform data and marker samples) as comma-separated list into previously defined segment 1 starting at sample offset 0. The marker sample “3” corresponds to a high level for Marker 1 and 2 for the first sample of the waveform segment. Marker samples with value 0 correspond to a low level for Marker 1 and 2.

:TRAC1:DATA 1,0,0,3,1,0,2,0,…,1279,0

Query

:TRAC:DATA? 1,0,1280

If the segment is split in smaller sections, the sections have to be written in order of ascending <offset> values. If modification of the segment contents is necessary, the whole segment with all sections must be rewritten.

If segments are created and deleted in arbitrary order, their position and order in memory cannot be controlled by the user, because the M8195 reuses the memory space of deleted segments for newly created segments. To fulfill the streaming and minimum linear playtime requirements the only way to control the position of the first downloaded segment and the order of the following segments is to delete all segments from memory (:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:DELete:ALL) and then creating the segments in the order in which they should be placed in memory.

244 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.21.9 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DATA:BLOC?

Command

:TRAC:DATA:BLOC?

Long :TRACe:DATA:BLOCk?

Parameters <segment_id>,<offset>,<length>

Parameter Suffix None

Description This query returns the same data as the “:TRAC:DATA?” query, but in IEEE binary block format.

 < segment_id > – id of the segment

<offset> - offset from segment start in samples (marker samples do not count) to allow splitting the transfer in smaller portions

<length> - number of samples to read

Example :TRAC:DATA:BLOC? 1, 0, 2560

6.21.10 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP

Command

Long

Parameters

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:IMPort

<segment_id>,

<file_name>,

TXT|BIN|BIN8|IQBIN|BIN6030|BIN5110|LICensed|MAT89600|DSA90000|CSV,

IONLy|QONLy|BOTH,

<marker_flag>,

[,ALENgth|FILL

[,<init_value>

[,<ignore_header_parameters>]]]

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 245

6 General Programming

Description Use this command to import waveform data from a file and write it to the waveform memory. You can fill an already existing segment or a new segment can also be created. This command can be used to import real-only waveform data as well as complex I/Q data. This command supports different file formats.

 <segment_id>: This is the number of the segment, into which the data will be written.

 <file_name>: This is the complete path of the file.

TXT|BIN|BIN8|IQBIN|BIN6030|BIN5110|LICensed

|MAT89600|DSA90000|CSV: Selects the file type (See File Type ).

 <data_type>: This parameter is only used, if the file contains complex I/Q data. It selects, if the I values or the Q values are imported.

IONLy: Import I values.

 QONLy: Import Q values.

 BOTH: Import I and Q values and up-convert them to the carrier frequency set by the CARR:FREQ command. This selection is only supported for the LICensed file type.

 <marker_flag>: This flag is applicable to BIN5110 format only, which can either consists of full 16 bit DAC values without markers or 14 bit DAC values and marker bits in the 2 LSBs.

 ON|1: The imported data will be interpreted as 14 bit DAC values and marker bits in the 2 LSBs.

 OFF|0: The imported data will be interpreted as 16 bit DAC values without marker bits.

 <padding>: This parameter is optional and specifies the padding type.

The parameter is ignored for the LICensed file type.

ALENgth: Automatically determine the required length of the segment.

If the segment does not exist, it is created. After execution the segment has exactly the length of the pattern in file or a multiple of this length to fulfill granularity and minimum segment length requirements. This is the default behavior.

 FILL: The segment must exist, otherwise an error is returned. If the pattern in the file is larger than the defined segment length, excessive samples are ignored. If the pattern in the file is smaller than the defined segment length, remaining samples are filled with the value specified by the <init_value> parameter.

 <init_value>: This is an optional initialization value used when FILL is selected as padding type. For real-only formats this is a DAC value. For complex I/Q file formats this is the I-part or Q-part of an I/Q sample pair in binary format (int8). Defaults to 0 if not specified.

<ignore_header_parameters>: This flag is optional and used to specify if the header parameters from the file need to be set in the instrument or ignored.

This flag is applicable to formats CSV and MAT89600, which can contain header parameters.

 ON|1: Header parameters will be ignored.

OFF|0: Header parameters will be set. This is the default.

246 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

File Type

General Programming 6

Table 46 shows the supported file formats. The columns have the following meaning:

 Name: The name of the file format as a string to be used in the import command.

Binary/Text: “B” for binary file, “T” for text file.

 Integer/Float: The data type of the values in the file, “I” for integer, “F” for float value.

 Range: The allowed range for the values. If the file contains out-of-range values the import command returns an error, if scaling is disabled (see trac:imp:scal command). If scaling is enabled, the whole waveform data including out-of-range values for a channel is scaled.

Real-Only/Complex: “R” for real-only data, “C” for complex I/Q data.

 Markers: The number of markers in the file format. Marker information from the file is only used in Single Channel with Marker or Dual Channel with

Marker Mode and when imported to channel 1. Only 2 markers are supported by the M8195. Excessive markers are ignored.

 Channels: The number of channels (data columns) in the file format.

Complex I/Q data counts as one channel.

Parameter Header: If checked, indicates that the file format can contain a header with parameters to be set in the M8195.

 Data Header: If checked, indicates that the file format can contain a data header determining the mapping of a data column to a channel.

Compatibility: Shows, which file format can be used for data exchange with given instruments or instrument family.

Table 46: Import file formats

TXT T F -1..+1 R

BIN

BIN8

IQBIN

BIN6030

BIN5110

B

B

B

B

B

I

I

I

I

I

-8192..+8191

-128..+127

-16384..+16383 C

-16384..+16383 R

R

R

-32768..+32767 without markers

-16384..+16383 with markers

C

-32768..+32767 C LICensed B I

MAT89600 B F -1..+1

DSA90000

CSV

B

T

F

F

-1..+1

-1..+1

2

-

2

-

0 –

2

0/4

8

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

R

R

R/C -

-

0 -

2

1 -

4

1

1 -

4

-

-

-

-

-

-

X

X

-

X

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

X

-

X

M8190A,

Tek AWG 7000

M8190A

M8195A native

M8190A

N6030

N5110A

Keysight Signal

Studio

VSA 89600

DSA 90000

M8190A

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 247

6 General Programming

TXT

One file contains waveform samples for one M8195A channel as normalized values (-

1.0 .. +1.0) and optionally marker values separated by ‘,’ or ‘;’ or ‘\t’. Not given marker values are just set to 0. Space ‘ ‘ and ‘\t’ are ignored. Line end can be \r or

\r\n. The waveform samples can be imported to any of the four M8195A channels.

Example (US locale)

0.7,0,1

0.9,1

Example (German locale):

0,7;0;1

0,9;1

In German locale it is recommended (but not required) to use ‘;’ or ‘\t’ as separator.

But it must then be ensured that the double really has a decimal point (‘,’) or there is some space inserted to ensure correct parsing:

0,7,0,1

0 ,0,1

BIN

One file contains waveform samples and marker bits for one channel. Samples consist of binary int16 values in little endian byte order.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

DB13 DB12 DB11 DB10 DB9 DB8 DB7 DB6 DB5 DB4 DB3 DB2 DB1 DB0 SYNM SMPM

The waveform samples can be imported to any of the four M8195A channels. The

MSBs DB13 to DB6 are used as 8-bit sample values. The LSBs DB5 to DB0 are ignored. The marker SMPM is loaded into channel 3 and SYNM into channel 4.

BIN8

BIN8 is the most memory efficient file format for the M8195A without digital markers.

As a result, the fastest file download can be achieved

One file contains waveform samples for one channel. The waveform samples can be imported to any of the four M8195A channels. Samples consist of binary int8 values:

7

DB7

6

DB6

5

DB5

4

DB4

3

DB3

2

DB2

1

DB1

0

DB0

15

I14

Q14

14

I13

Q13

IQBIN

One file contains I/Q sample pairs and two markers (in little endian byte order). The marker SMPM is loaded into channel 3 and SYNM into channel 4.

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

I12

Q12

I11

Q11

I10 I9

Q10 Q9

I8

Q8

I7

Q7

I6

Q6

I5

Q5

I4

Q4

I3

Q3

I2

Q2

I1

Q1

I0

Q0

SMPM

SYNM

248 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

15

I13

Q13

15

I15

Q15

15

DB14

14

DB13

14

I14

Q14

13

I13

Q13

13

DB12

12

I12

Q12

BIN6030

Binary int16 values (in little endian byte order). The Keysight N6030 has 15 bits and uses the most significant digits, ignoring the LSB. While importing, the 8 MSBs are used as sample values, all other bits are ignored.

12

DB11

11

DB10

10

DB9

9

DB8

8

DB7

7

DB6

6

DB5

5

DB4

4

DB3

3

DB2

2

DB1

1

DB0

0

X

BIN5110

Binary int16 I/Q sample pairs (in little endian byte order). May contain full 16 bit DAC values without the marker bits or 14 bit value plus two markers.

When importing 16 bit values without markers the marker flag should be set to ‘OFF’ so that the marker bits are ignored.

The first figure shows the bit mapping for the format without markers. The 8 MSBs for I and the 8 MSBs for Q are imported to the M8195.

11

I11

Q11

10

I10

Q10

9

I9

Q9

8

I8

Q8

7

I7

Q7

6

I6

Q6

5

I5

Q5

4

I4

Q4

3

I3

Q3

2

I2

Q2

1

I1

Q1

0

I0

Q0

The second figure shows the bit mapping for the format with 4 markers. The 8 MSBs for I, the 8 MSBs for Q and 2 of the 4 markers are imported. The marker M1 is loaded into channel 3 and M3 into channel 4 of the M8195.

14

I12

Q12

13

I11

Q11

12

I10

Q10

11

I9

Q9

10

I8

Q8

9

I7

Q7

8

I6

Q6

7

I5

Q5

6

I4

Q4

5

I3

Q3

4

I2

Q2

3

I1

Q1

2

I0

Q0

1

M2

M4

0

M1

M3

LICensed (SigStudioEncrypted in the SFP)

An encrypted file created with Keysight Signal Studio. This file contains I/Q sample pairs, markers, and some other waveform information, from which all but the sample rate is ignored.

This file type can contain 8 markers. Marker bits 4 to 7 are always ignored. Marker bits 0 to 3 are mapped to the two markers M1 and M2 supported by the M8195A as follows:

 IONLy or BOTH:

Marker bit 0 is mapped to M1 (output on channel 3) and marker bit 1 is mapped to M2 (output on channel 4).

 QONLy:

Marker bit 2 is mapped to M1 (output on channel 3) and marker bit 3 is mapped to M2 (output on channel 4).

In the first step the samples from the file are resampled from the input sample rate found in the file to the sample rate set in the M8195A.The resampling method uses the resampling mode selected by the TRAC:IMP:RES command.

In the second step if BOTH is selected, the I and Q samples are up-converted to the carrier frequency (CARR:FREQ command) and written to the M819A waveform memory. If IONLy or QONLy is selected, the I or Q samples, respectively, are directly written to the M8195A waveform memory.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 249

6 General Programming

MAT89600

One file contains waveform samples as float values in the range -1..+1. It is a 89600

VSA recording file in MATLAB binary format (mat) without markers. Only MATLAB level 4.0 and 5.0 files without compression are supported.

MATLAB binary files with one, two, three or four columns are supported. In the case of complex I/Q data one column consists of the I and the Q data. If the MATLAB file consists of one column, the data can be imported to channel 1, 2, 3, or 4. If it

consists of multiple columns the handling is similar to the CSV case, see Table 47

and Table 48 .

The header variable ‘XDelta’ (1/XDelta) is used to set the sample frequency.

DSA90000

One file contains waveform samples for one M8195A channel. The waveform samples can be imported to any of the four M8195A channels.

DSA90000 waveform file in binary format (.bin) containing header and floating point data (without markers). Only waveform type ‘Normal’ is supported. If the file contains more than one waveform only the first waveform will be imported.

250 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

CSV

One file contains waveform samples as float values in the range -1..+1 for one, two, three, or four M8195A channels and markers. Values are delimited by commas.

The CSV format may contain optional header information as follows:

Parameter Header

The parameter header contains optional header parameters as name and value pairs separated by ‘=’. Each parameter should be specified in a single line. This header is optional. There are following header parameters:

SampleRate: The sample rate.

SetConfig: Flag to indicate if the header parameters need to be set. This can be set to either ‘true’ or ‘false’. If this flag is ‘false’ header parameters will not be set. If this flag is omitted header parameters are set.

If the file consists of one column, the data can be imported to channel 1, 2, 3 or 4.

When the file contains data for more than one channel, data columns must be mapped to channels. When the file contains no data header, the mapping shown in

Table 47 is used. The target channel is always given by the channel suffix of the

import command.

Table 47: Column to channel mapping for MAT89600 and CSV without data header

Column

3

4

1

2

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

-

-

2

1

-

-

-

1

2

-

-

1

2

3

4

1

2

Data Header

The data header contains the names of the data columns separated by ','. The waveform data is specified after the data header. This header is optional. When the

file contains a data header, the mapping shown in Table 48 is used. Similarly, to the

case without data header the target channel is always given by the channel suffix of the import command. If a data column name is not present and a name in brackets is present in the table, this column is used instead.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 251

6 General Programming

Table 48: Column to channel mapping for MAT89600 and CSV with data header

Column

252

1

2

3

4

Y1

-

-

-

Y1

-

Sample

Marker1

Sample

Marker2

Y1

-

-

Y2(Y4)

Y1

Y2

Sample

Marker1

Sample

Marker2

Y1

Y2

-

-

Y1

Y2

Y3

Y4

If any of the marker columns (SampleMarker1 or Sample Marker2) is present for a channel the data header must contain the waveform data column Y1. It is possible to have only the data columns (Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 or any combination) without the marker columns though.

Examples:

SampleRate = 7.2 GHz

Y1, Y2, SampleMarker1, SampleMarker2

0.7,0.7,0,0

0.9,1.0,0,1

0.3,-0,3,1,1

Y1, SampleMarker1

0.7,0

0.9,1

0.3,0

Y1, SampleMarker1, SampleMarker2

0.7,0,0

0.9,0,1

0.3,1,1

Y1, Y2, Y4

0.7,0,65,0.36

0.8,0,66,0.35

0.9,0,67,0.34

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Example

General Programming 6

Command

:TRAC1:IMP 1, "C:\Program Files

(x86)\Keysight\M8195\Examples\WaveformDataFiles\ Sin10MHzAt64GHz.bin", BIN,

IONLY, ON, ALEN

6.21.11 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP:RES[?]

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP:RES

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:IMPort:RESample

TIMing|KSRate|KWLength|PADDing|TRUNcate|REPeat

None

Set or query the resampling mode for the import of files of type LICensed. A detailed

description of the resampling modes is given in the Appendix (see Resampling

Modes

).

Command

:TRAC:IMP:RES KSR

6.21.12 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP:RES:WLENgth[?] <waveform_length>

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP:RES:WLEN

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:IMPort:RESample:WLENgth

<waveform_length>

None

Set or query the target waveform length for import of file type LICensed using resampling mode KWLength.

Command

:TRAC:IMP:RES:WLEN 1048576

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 253

6 General Programming

6.21.13 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP:SCAL:[STAT][?] OFF|ON|0|1

Command

Long

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP:SCAL

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:IMPort:SCALe

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

OFF|ON|0|1

None

Set or query the scaling state for the file import. If scaling is disabled, an imported waveform is not scaled. If the waveform contains out-of-range values, the import command returns an error. If scaling is enabled, an imported waveform is scaled, so that it uses the whole DAC range. This also allows importing waveforms with out-ofrange values.

The scaling affects all file formats. But for files of type LICensed, if scaling is disabled, the value set by the CARR:SCAL command is used. If scaling is enabled, CARR:SCAL is ignored and an optimal scaling factor is calculated, so that the whole DAC range is used.

Command

:TRAC:IMP:SCAL ON

6.21.14 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEL

Command

Long

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEL

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:DELete

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

<segment_id>– id of the segment

None

Delete a segment. The command can only be used in program mode.

If the channel is sourced from Extended Memory, the same segment is deleted on all other channels sourced from Extended Memory.

Command

:TRAC:DEL 1

254 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.21.15 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEL:ALL

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:DEL:ALL

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:DELete:ALL

None

None

Delete all segments. The command can only be used in program mode.

If the channel is sourced from Extended Memory, the same segment is deleted on all other channels sourced from Extended Memory.

Command

:TRAC:DEL:ALL

6.21.16 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:CAT?

Command

Long

:TRAC[1|2|3|4]:CAT?

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:CATalog?

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

None

None

The query returns a comma-separated list of segment-ids that are defined and the length of each segment. So first number is a segment id, next length …

If no segment is defined, “0, 0” is returned.

Query

:TRAC1:CAT?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 255

6 General Programming

6.21.17 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:FREE?

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:FREE?

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:FREE?

None

None

The query returns the amount of memory space available for waveform data in the following form: <bytes available>, <bytes in use>, < contiguous bytes available>.

Query

:TRAC:FREE?

6.21.18 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:NAME[?]

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:NAME[?]

Long :TRACe[1|2|3|4]:NAME[?]

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

<segment_id>,<name>

None

This command associates a name to a segment. The query gets the name for a segment.

 <segment_id> – the number of the segment

 <name> – string of at most 32 characters

Command

:TRAC:NAME 1,”ADY”

Query

:TRAC:NAME? 1

256 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.21.19 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:COMM[?]

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:COMM[?]

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:TRACe[1|2|3|4]:COMMent[?]

<segment_id>,<comment>

None

This command associates a comment to a segment. The query gets the comment for a segment.

 <segment_id> – the number of the segment

 <comment> – string of at most 256 characters

Command

:TRAC:COMM 1, “Comment”

Query

:TRAC:COMM? 1

6.21.20 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:SEL[?]<segment_id>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:SEL[?]

Long :TRACe[1|2|3|4]:SELect[?]

Parameters <segment_id>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Selects the segment, which is output by the instrument in arbitrary function mode.

 <segment_id> – the number of the segment

The command has only effect, If the channel is sourced from Extended Memory. In this case the same value is used for all other channels sourced from Extended

Memory.

Example Command

:TRAC:SEL 5

Query

:TRAC:SEL?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 257

6 General Programming

6.21.21 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:ADV[?]

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:ADV[?]

Long :TRACe[1|2|3|4]:ADVance[?]

Parameters AUTO | COND | REP | SING

Parameter Suffix None

Description Use this command or query to set or get the advancement mode for the selected segment. The advancement mode is used, if the segment is played in arbitrary mode.

The command has only effect, If the channel is sourced from Extended Memory. In this case the same value is used for all other channels sourced from Extended

Memory.

Example Command

:TRAC:ADV AUTO

Query

:TRAC:ADV?

6.21.22 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:COUN[?]<count>|MINimum|MAXimum

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:COUN[?]

Long :TRACe[1|2|3|4]:COUNt[?]

Parameters <count>|MINimum|MAXimum

Parameter Suffix None

Description Use this command or query to set or get the segment loop count for the selected segment. The segment loop count is used, if the segment is played in arbitrary mode.

<count> – 1..4G-1: number of times the selected segment is repeated.

The command has only effect, If the channel is sourced from Extended Memory. In this case the same value is used for all other channels sourced from Extended

Memory.

Example Command

:TRAC:COUN 1

Query

:TRAC:COUN?

258 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

General Programming 6

6.21.23 :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:MARK[?]

Command :TRAC[1|2|3|4]:MARK[?]

Long :TRACe[1|2|3|4]:MARKer[?]

Parameters OFF | ON | 0 | 1

Parameter Suffix None

Description Use this command to enable or disable markers for the selected segment. The query form gets the current marker state.

The command has only effect, If the channel is sourced from Extended Memory. In this case the same value is used for all other channels sourced from Extended

Memory.

Example Command

:TRAC:MARK 1

Query

:TRAC:MARK?

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 259

6 General Programming

6.22 :TEST Subsystem

6.22.1 :TEST:PON?

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

Example

:TEST:PON?

:TEST:PON?

None

None

Return the results of the power on self-tests.

Query

:TEST:PON?

6.22.2 :TEST:TST?

Command

Long

Parameters

Parameter Suffix

Description

:TEST:TST?

:TEST:TST?

None

None

Same as *TST?

but the actual test messages are returned.

Example Query

:TEST:TST?

Currently same as :TEST:PON?

260 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator

User’s Guide

7 Examples

7.1

Introduction / 261

7.2

Remote Programming Examples / 261

7.3

Example Files for Import / 261

7.4

Example Correction Files / 262

7.5

Example Custom Modulation Files / 262

7.6

Example Signal Studio File / 262

7.1 Introduction

In a standard installation the examples can be found in the folder “C:\Program Files

(x86)\Keysight\M8195\Examples”.

7.2 Remote Programming Examples

The MATLAB IQtools are described in file “README.docx” in subfolder

“MATLAB\iqtools”. The C++, C# and VB programs are provided as Visual Studio 2008 solutions. However, they can be easily converted to more recent Visual Studio versions. They show how to connect to the AWG, write a sine wave into the memory and start signal generation. They use the VISA or VISA-COM libraries.

7.3 Example Files for Import

The subfolder “WaveformDataFiles” contains examples for all supported import file formats. To import them use either the SFP Import Waveform panel or the SCPI command TRAC[1|2|3|4]:IMP.

7 Examples

7.4 Example Correction Files

The subfolder “CorrectionFiles” contains examples to be used in the SFP Multi-Tone and Complex Modulation panels.

7.5 Example Custom Modulation Files

The subfolder “CustomModulationFiles” contains examples to be used in the SFP

Complex Modulation panel.

7.6 Example Signal Studio File

The below commands import the samples and markers from the Signal Studio file, up-convert them to a carrier frequency of 2GHz and start signal generation. The samples in the file are resampled from the sample frequency taken from the file header to the sample frequency currently configured in the M8195A.

:carr:freq 2e9 trac:imp 1,"C:\Program Files

(x86)\Keysight\M8195\Examples\WaveformDataFiles\IEEE802_11ac_

160MHz_5250MHz.wfm",LIC,BOTH,ON init:imm

262 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator

User’s Guide

8 Appendix

8.1

Resampling Algorithms for Waveform Import / 263

8.1 Resampling Algorithms for Waveform Import

8.1.1 Resampling Requirements

Resampling is typically associated to a series of processes applied to a waveform sampled at a given sampling frequency to generate a new waveform with a different sampling rate while preserving all the original information contained in the signal within the Nyquist bandwidth corresponding to the output sampling rate. Processes involved in resampling may vary depending on the output to input sampling rate ratio

(or resampling factor) and the integer nature of the ratio itself. Resampling calculations, when applied to arbitrary waveform generation, must meet additional constraints such as available record length boundaries, record length granularity requirements, or acceptable sampling rate range.

Typically, the characteristics of the input waveform (sampling rate, record length) are externally defined (i.e. by the horizontal settings of an oscilloscope used to capture the waveform). Users may be interested in resampling the signal to adapt the input waveform to the AWG requirements or the user desires. In some cases, it may be necessary to reduce the sampling rate if it has been captured at a higher sampling rate than the one allowed by the AWG or to reduce the record length required to generate it. The opposite is also true as oversampling may help to “smooth” the signal as increasing sampling rate will shift the images created by the DAC to a higher frequency. Finally, resampling may be also necessary to adapt the record length of the input waveform to a legal record length that can be applied to a real

AWG (i.e. to meet the record length granularities) without applying truncation or

“zero padding” to the input waveform.

8 Appendix

8.1.2 Resampling Methodology

Generally speaking, resampling factors do not have to be an integer or a simple fractional ratio. Because of that, traditional methods based in upsampling/filtering/decimation techniques may not be suitable given the amount of calculations resulting from the typical input waveform sizes involved. Instead of this, a straighter forward approach has been chosen. This approach is based in the following principles:

Only output samples will be calculated so there is not any up-sampling and/or down-sampling operations involved.

Filtering calculations will be kept to a minimum by using a filter with a fast enough roll-off and sufficient stop band attenuation according to the target AWG dynamic range.

Interpolation filter and anti-alias filters are exactly the same although the filter parameters will depend on the resampling parameters.

The implemented algorithm does perform filtering and interpolation simultaneously so the number of calculations is greatly reduced. Additionally, filters are implemented as look-up tables so those are calculated only once during the process.

Timing parameters are based in double precision floating-point numbers while amplitude related parameters are single precision numbers. Most calculations consist in multiplication/addition operations required by convolution processes and only involve amplitude related variables (input samples and filter coefficients). Single precision numbers will minimize calculation time while offering more than enough dynamic range.

Interpolators and anti-aliasing filters share most characteristics as they are required to be low-pass with good flatness, linear phase, fast roll-off, and high stop-band rejections ratio. Ideal interpolator filters show a “brick-wall” response. However, such filters require a very long “sinc-like” impulse response to obtain good-enough performance. Impulse response length has a direct effect on calculation times resulting of applying the filter. Roll-off characteristics are especially important when applying the filter as the anti-alias filter required for down-sampling. The filter implemented in these algorithms has been designed with the following objectives:

Pass band flatness better than 0.01 dB

Stop band attenuation better than 80 dB

F80dB/F3dB ratio better than 1.15

The final filter consists in a sinc signal with a 41 sample periods length after applying a Blackman-Harris time-domain window.

264 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Appendix 8

Figure 62: Interpolation/Antialiasing filter

The filter shape remains the same no matter the resampling characteristics. For resampling ratios greater than 1.0, filter will implement an interpolator so nulls in the impulse response must be located at multiples of the sampling period of the input signal. For ratios lower than 1.0 the filter will implement an antialiasing filter. In this case, distance between nulls will have to be longer than the output waveform sampling period so the filter reaches the required attenuation (>80dB) at the output signal Nyquist frequency. For the implemented filter this is accomplished by choosing 0.89 ratio between the output sampling period and the distance between consecutive nulls in the filter’s impulse response.

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 265

8 Appendix

8.1.3 Resampling Modes

Generally, the exact computation of the output record length leads to values, that don’t fulfill the granularity requirements of the M8195A waveform memory. Different resampling modes, which slightly modify the resampling algorithm, are offered to address this problem. The first term in brackets after the resampling mode is the enumerator to be used in the corresponding SCPI command. The second one is the name used in the Import Waveform Panel of the SFP.

Timing (TIMing, Timing)

Calculate the resampling factor from the input and output sample rates. 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡 = 𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑆𝑅 𝑖𝑛𝑆𝑅

(1)

Calculate the output record length from the input record length and the resampling factor. Round it to an integer value. 𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿 = 𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑇𝑜𝐼𝑛𝑡(𝑖𝑛𝑅𝐿 ∗ 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡)

(2)

Adjust the output record length to the nearest integer fulfilling the granularity.

(3) 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿 = 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦𝐴𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡(𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿)

Adjust the resampling factor. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡 = 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿 𝑖𝑛𝑅𝐿

Adjust the output sample rate.

(4)

(5)

𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑆𝑅 = 𝑖𝑛𝑆𝑅 ∗ 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡

Keep-Sample-Rate (KSRate, Output_SR)

The first four steps are identical to the “Timing” mode. In the last step the input sample rate is adjusted. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝐼𝑛𝑆𝑅 = 𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑆𝑅 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡

Keep-Waveform-Length (KWLength, Output_RL)

Adjust the output record length to the nearest integer fulfilling the granularity. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿 = 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦𝐴𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡(𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿)

Adjust the resampling factor. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡 = 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿 𝑖𝑛𝑅𝐿

Adjust the output sample rate. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑆𝑅 = 𝑖𝑛𝑆𝑅 ∗ 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡

266 Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide

Appendix 8

Truncate (TRUNcate, Truncate)

The first two steps are identical to the “Timing” mode. Then the input waveform is resampled. Decrease the output record length to the next integer fulfilling the granularity and remove the corresponding number of samples from the end of the waveform. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿 = 𝐷𝑒𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑇𝑜𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦(𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿)

Adjust the resampling factor. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡 = 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿 𝑖𝑛𝑅𝐿

Adjust the output sample rate. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑆𝑅 = 𝑖𝑛𝑆𝑅 ∗ 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡

Zero-Padding (PADDing, Zero_Padding)

The first two steps are identical to the “Timing” mode. Then the input waveform is resampled. Increase the output record length to the next integer fulfilling the granularity and add the corresponding number of zero-samples at the end of the waveform. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿 = 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑇𝑜𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦(𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿)

Adjust the resampling factor. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡 = 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿 𝑖𝑛𝑅𝐿

Adjust the output sample rate. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑆𝑅 = 𝑖𝑛𝑆𝑅 ∗ 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡

Repeat (REPeat, Repeat)

The first two steps are identical to the “Timing” mode. Then adjust the output record length by the minimum number of repetitions to fulfill the granularity. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿 = 𝑅𝑒𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑡𝑇𝑜𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑦(𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿)

Adjust the resampling factor. 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡 = 𝑜𝑢𝑡𝑅𝐿

Adjust the output sample rate. 𝑖𝑛𝑅𝐿 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑂𝑢𝑡𝑆𝑅 = 𝑖𝑛𝑆𝑅 ∗ 𝑎𝑑𝑗𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑑𝑅𝑒𝑠𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡

Keysight M8195A Revision 2 – Arbitrary Waveform Generator User’s Guide 267

This information is subject to change without notice.

© Keysight Technologies 2017

Edition 6.0, March 2017 www.keysight.com

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

advertisement